Contents

About Gas Springs 1

F
Initial Force daN INIT
Cylinder Ø
Models
(1 daN = 1 kgf = 2.25 lbf)
diameter mm
PROVED TRYCKSATT FJÄDER FÅR EJ ÖPPNAS.

8100-8002-02
AP
MAX FYLLNINGSTRYCK 150 BAR.

PED Approved for 2 000 000 full strokes

SKYDDAS MOT SKADOR. FÖRE
INSTALLATION ELLER SERVICE, SE
97/ BRUKSANVISNING / SERVICEINSTRUKTION.
23/E C

DO NOT OPEN WHEN PRESSURISED.

Tel+46 140 57100 • Fax+46 140 57199

Box 216 • 573 23 Tranås • Sweden
FILLING PRESSURE MAX 150 BAR.
PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE.
BEFORE INSTALLATION OR SERVICE, SEE
USER'S GUIDE / SERVICE INSTRUCTION.

by
NO ABRA EN ALTA PRESION.
PRESION MAXISIMA - 150 BAR.
PROTEGER CONTRA DAÑOS. ANTES
DE INSTALACION O ANTES DE SERVICIO

2 000 000 full strokes

PED Approved for
DO NOT OPEN - HIGH PRESSURE. MIRE LAS INSTRUCTIONES/SERVICIO.
PROVED
AP FILLING PRESSURE MAX 150 BAR.

8100-8009-02
PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE. STR
Box 216, S
STRÖMSHOLMEN AB, PROVED TRYCKSATT FJÄDER FÅR EJ ÖPPNAS. el +46 140 57

8100-8002-02
Box 216, SE-573 23 Tranås, Sweden AP
97/
23/E C
MAX FYLLNINGSTRYCK 150 BAR.
Tel. +46 140 571 00, Telefax +46 140 571 99

PED Approved for 2 000 000 full strokes

SKYDDAS MOT SKADOR. FÖRE
INSTALLATION ELLER SERVICE, SE
97/ BRUKSANVISNING / SERVICEINSTRUKTION.
23/E C

DO NOT OPEN WHEN PRESSURISED.

Tel+46 140 57100 • Fax+46 140 57199

Box 216 • 573 23 Tranås • Sweden
FILLING PRESSURE MAX 150 BAR.
PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE.
DO NOT OPEN BEFORE INSTALLATION OR SERVICE, SEE
FILLING PRES USER'S GUIDE / SERVICE INSTRUCTION.

by
PROTECT AGA
NO ABRA EN ALTA PRESION.
STRÖMSHOLMEN AB,
Box 216, SE-573 23 Tranås, Swed PRESION MAXISIMA - 150 BAR.
el. +46 140 571 00, Telefax +46 14 PROTEGER CONTRA DAÑOS. ANTES
DE INSTALACION O ANTES DE SERVICIO
MIRE LAS INSTRUCTIONES/SERVICIO.

M16 EP2 16, EP2 24, EPS2 24,

Ø 32
R19,
FINIT < 250 M2, MM2, MC2, MC3 2
X 170

CU 420,
Ø 25
Ø 38

X 320, X 350
250 < FINIT < 500 KS 250, KSM 250 3
TU 250, TM 250, TI 250, TMS 250

CU 740
Ø 38
Ø 45

X 500
500 < FINIT < 750 K 500, KS 500, KSM 500 4
TU 500
Ø 45

Ø 75

X 750
750 < FINIT < 1000 K 750, KM 750, KS 750, KSM 750 5
TU 750, LCF 750, TB 750, SL 750

CU 1000, CU 1800
Ø 38

Ø 95

X 1000, XMS 1000, X 1500, X 2400

1000 < FINIT < 2500 K 1500 6
TU 1500, LCF 1500, TB 1500, SL 1500
Ø 120

CU 2900, CU 4700
Ø 75

X 4200
2500 < FINIT < 5000 K 3000 7
TU 3000, LCF 3000, TB 3000, SL 3000
Ø 120

Ø 150

X 6600
5000 < FINIT < 7500 TU 5000, LCF 5000, TB 5000, SL 5000 8
Ø 150
Ø 95

CU 7500
7500 < FINIT < 10000 X 9500 9
TU 7500, LCF 7500
Ø 120

Ø 195

CU 11800, CU 18300
FINIT > 10000 TU 10000 10

HT - High Temperature gas springs 11

HG - Hollow rod gas springs 12

Counter balance springs 13

Automotive standards - Ford W-DX, GM M-1500 14

 About gas springs
1
GENERAL Page 2.1/2

Main groups of gas springs Page 2.1/2

Overview of Models Page 2.1/3

LCF (Low Contact Force) Gas Spring Information Page 2.1/3

USER INFORMATION Page 2.1/4

Mounting Instructions Page 2.1/4

Stroke length Page 2.1/4

Maximum charging pressure Page 2.1/4

Operating temperature Page 2.1/4

Recommended maximum strokes/ minute Page 2.1/4

Maximum piston rod velocity Page 2.1/4

Service interval Page 2.1/4

Service information Page 2.1/5

CAD-files Page 2.1/5

BASIC GAS SPRING THEORY Page 2.1/5

Calculating the initial force Page 2.1/5

Adjusting the initial force Page 2.1/5

Isothermic force increase Page 2.1/6

Polytropic force increase Page 2.1/7

Initial force depending on temperature Page 2.1/8

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.1/2
About gas springs
Piston

1 GENERAL
Scraper
KALLER gas springs are designed to meet customer
expectations for reliability, safety and service lifetime.
The design, manufacture and testing of KALLER gas Guide ring
springs has been approved according to the new Dynamic seal
Pressure Equipment Directive (97/23/EC). Cylinder tube
Valve

d seal
PROVED Nitrogen gas
AP
Bottom piece

Static seal
97
/2 3/ E C

Lock ring
The Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) replaces all
previous European legislative laws governing the
design, manufacture and testing of pressure vessels.
Cover screw
Manufacturing is carried out, using the very latest
production methods and equipment, at our modern Bore sealed gas spring
facilities in Tranås, Sweden.
Overview of Models
Strömsholmen AB, the designers and manufacturers of
KALLER gas springs, has been ISO 9001 approved The following is an overview of our Tool & Die family
since 1994 and ISO 9000:2000 and PED (97/23/EC) of gas springs:
approved since 2002 and is the World’s first and leading CU Series:
manufacturer of nitrogen gas springs for the metal
These Super-Compact gas springs provide a high
stamping industry.
amount of force while having small outer body
Main groups of gas springs diameters.
Forces: 420 daN to 18 300 daN
Kaller gas springs can be split into two main groups,
Strokes: 6 mm to 50 mm
namely Piston Rod Sealed and Bore Sealed. The two
Max. strokes/min.: ~100 (at 20°C)
basic designs can be seen below:
d seal Power Line - X Series:
Piston rod
The World’s shortest and strongest Rod Sealed gas
Scraper
spring with tapped base mounting holes and side
Dirt protection ring charging port for hose system connection.
Lock ring Forces 170 daN to 9 500 daN
Static seal
Strokes 10 mm to 125 mm
Max. strokes/min. ~20-100 (at 20°C)
Dynamic seal
EP Series:
These Ejector Pin gas springs are colour coded and
fully adjustable with either an M16 or M24 threaded
Tube
body.

Piston halves Forces: 5 daN to 170 daN

Guide ring Strokes: 10 mm to 100 mm
Max. strokes/min.: ~100 (at 20°C)
Nitrogen gas
R19 Series:

Valve
Non-repairable, colour coded and fully adjustable gas
Cover screw springs with a Ø19mm outer body diameter.
Forces: 30 daN to 90 daN
Strokes: 7 mm to 80 mm
Piston Rod Sealed gas spring Max. strokes/min.: ~100-150 (at 20°C)

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.1/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.1/3
About gas springs
Mini Series: HG Series:
These Hollow Gas springs have a hole that goes right
1
Repairable, colour coded and fully adjustable gas
springs with small outer body diameters. through the centre axis of the spring, allowing the gas
spring to be mounted onto a pillar or rod.
Forces: 50 daN to 200 daN
Strokes: 10 mm to 125 mm Forces: 250 daN to 4 180 daN
Max. strokes/min.: ~80-100 (at 20°C) Strokes: 10 mm to 300 mm
Max. strokes/min.: ~15-40 (at 20°C)
TU Series:
Kaller’s standard series and the World’s first range of
gas spring. Dimensions correspond to the ISO-11 901
standard for gas springs.
LCF (Low Contact Force) Gas
Forces: 250 daN to 10 000 daN
Stroke lengths: 10 mm to 300 mm Spring Information
Max. strokes/min.: ~15-40 (at 20°C) The LCF Series is the next generation of nitrogen gas
TB Series: springs. This innovative series is engineered to
address the major problems facing metal stampers
Low force increase version of the TU Series, sharing today: excessive shock loads, high noise levels and
the same total lengths but with larger body diameters. extreme pad/blank-holder bounce, all factors that lead
As a result, it has a longer service lifetime and can be to high press maintenance costs and noise pollution.
run at faster press frequencies.
The LCF Series reduces shock load by as much as
Forces: 750 daN to 5 000 daN 50% compared to traditional gas springs. They deliver a
Stroke lengths: 12.7 mm to 300 mm gradual force build-up and smooth acceleration so
Max. strokes/min.: ~40-80 (at 20°C) there’s less impact on gear and bearings and less wear
SL Series: on drive components.
The payoff is reduced press maintenance.
Similar to the TU Series, these gas springs have “inch
based” total lengths and stroke lengths. The LCF Series lowers noise levels significantly, with a
higher reduction in sound pressure level compared to
Forces: 750 daN to 5 000 daN standard gas springs. Its lesser impact force results in
Strokes: ½” to 8” these lower noise levels and makes these springs a
Max. strokes/min.: ~15-40 (at 20°C) cost effective alternative to building noise enclosures.
K Series: The payoff is a quieter, safer and healthier working
environment.
Short height version of the TU Series with tapped base
mounting holes and side charging port for hose system The LCF Series decreases pad/blank-holder bounce,
connection. allowing improved part transfer efficiency, increased
production rates and reduced scrap. A gradual force
Forces: 500 daN to 3 000 daN increase and return results in smoother pad/blank-
Strokes 6 mm to 125 mm holder operation.
Max. strokes/min. ~30 (at 20°C) The payoff is higher production rates.
KS Series:
p laced Because LCF gas springs mount directly to the die and
e withscharging
Shorter height version of the TU rSeries are independent from the press, all benefits travel with
o
port located in the pistonu t&
rod and without e
Seri tapped base the tool.
a s e d - X
e
g ph wer Lin
mounting holes. Standard features:
B e in
Forces:
th e Po 12.7 250 daN to 750 daN • 100% interchangeable with standard, ISO gas
by
Strokes: mm to 125 mm springs (i.e. our TU Series)
Max. strokes/min.: ~30 (at 20°C)
• Retrofits in existing dies
HT Series:
• Charged and rebuilt like standard gas springs
High Temperature gas springs for applications with
working temperatures up to 180°C. • Drop in, flange mount, or base plate mounting
Forces: 250 daN to 750 daN • Can be hosed together
Strokes: 10 mm to 300 mm • Can be incorporated into press cushions
Max. strokes/min.: ~60 (at 20°C)
We reserve the right to add, delete or modify
components without notification. 2.1/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.1/4
About gas springs
Stroke length
1 USER INFORMATION The nominal stroke (defined as S in the catalogue
tables) may be utilised fully in all KALLER gas springs.
Mounting Instructions However the recommendation is not to use the full
To achieve the best possible service-life and safety stroke in normal operation. This is to prevent the spring
from the gas spring, the instructions below must be from being “over-stroked” as a result of changes to the
followed. The gas spring is intended for use in tool and tool or mis-happenings in the tool.
machine applications. We do not recommend the last 5 mm or 10 % of the
• Secure the gas spring to the tool/machine when- nominal stroke be utilised.
ever possible, using the threaded hole(s) in the
base of the gas spring or a suitable flange. Maximum charging pressure
• The threaded hole in the piston rod top should not
The maximum charging pressure (at 20°) stated for the
be used for mounting purposes. It is only to be
different gas springs may not be exceeded as it may
used when servicing the gas spring.
affect the safety of the product.
• Do not use the gas spring in such a way that the
piston rod is released freely from its compressed
position, as this could cause internal damage to the
Operating temperature
gas spring. Exceeding the gas spring’s recommended max.
operating temperature will shorten the service-life
• The maximum allowed stroke speed is from 0.5 to
of the gas spring.
1.6 m/s, depending on model, see catalogue.
• Make sure the gas spring is mounted parallel to the
direction of the compression stroke.
Recommended maximum strokes/
• Ensure the contact surface of the piston rod top is
minute
perpendicular to the direction of the compression The values given for each gas spring in the catalouge
stroke and is sufficiently hardened. are valid for “normal” applications in press tools. The
• The gas spring should not be subjected to side lower limits given are valid for the longer stroke lengths
loads. and the higher values for short stroke springs. These
values are based on a fully utilised stroke. If only a
• Protect the piston rod against mechanical damage portion of the stroke is used the number of strokes per
and contact with fluids. minute could be increased.
For further information contact your local distributor.
Max 150 bar (20˚C)
Max 0.5-1.6 m/s (R19, Mini, and
Max 80˚C X 170, X 320, X 350
Fluid
Maximum piston rod velocity
max 180 bar) F
Min 0˚C
The maximum piston rod velocity is not to be exceeded
N2
* Min because it may infringe on safety, as well as the
1-3 mm performance of the gas spring.

* depending on model Service interval

If correctly installed and used, the following minimum
service-interval of the KALLER Gas Springs, except
OK
models TB, HT, HG and HF, are recommended.
Stroke lengths up to and including 50 mm after
1 million strokes.
Stroke lengths above 50 mm after 100 000 stroke
meters.
F F
The number of stroke meters is calculated as:
Used stroke (in meters) x 2 x number of strokes.
It is our recommendation that the gas spring is replaced
after 2 million strokes or after 10 years of service.
We reserve the right to add, delete or modify
2.1/4 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.1/5
About gas springs
Service information
BASIC GAS SPRING THEORY 1
All KALLER gas springs except the EP2 16, EP2 24,
EP2S 24, R19, CU 420 series and X 170, X 320,
X 2400-016 can be serviced. For the service, Repair Calculating the initial force
Kits and Tool Kits are available. Service instructions are
The initial force of the gas spring can be calculated as
included in the Repair Kits.
the sealed area of the piston rod or the piston
Caution! Only specially trained personnel with good (depending on design) multiplied by the pressure in the
knowledge about the products should carry out the gas spring.
maintenance. Mistakes made during assembly and
The larger the effective cross sectional area of the
charging may infrige safety and/or have a
piston rod or the piston, the more ”powerful” the gas
detrimental effect on the service-life of the product.
spring will be. This explains why a Bore Sealed spring,
Your local distributor can help you with training. like the CU spring is more powerful than a Piston Rod
(Service-video in VHS-PAL, CD-ROM and DVD are Sealed spring, like the TU spring with the same outer
also available). body diameter. Derived from the information above the
gas spring force can be written as:
CAD-files
Formula n
To make it easier for tool designers to design in our
gas springs, KALLER products are available as both
Fgas spring (N) = p • dseal • π
2

2D and 3D CAD files/models. These are available for

download from our web-site (www.kaller.com) or can be 40
ordered from your local distributor. p (bar)
dseal (mm)

Adjusting the initial force

As seen from formula n the force from any given gas
spring can be changed by changing the gas pressure.
In cases where a non standard initial force is required
the following formula should be applied.

Formula o

pcharging = pstandard • Frequired

Fstandard

Frequired (N) = The required initial force

Fstandard (N) = Standard initial force (at pstandard)
pstandard (bar) = Standard charing pressure

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.1/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.1/6
About gas springs
Example I For a closed system, as the gas spring, where
1 the temperature is kept constant (isothermic
A TU 1500 spring (see page 2.8/2) should be modified
to give an initial force of 12 000 N (at 20°C). process) this formula can be simplified to:

Pcharging = Pstandard • Frequired Formula q

Fstandard
p • V = constant (Boyles law)

Frequired = 12 000 N
Calculating the gas pressure at a certain point of the
stroke (S) can be performed in the following way:
In the table for the TU 1500 the following values can be
found: Formula r
Pstandard = 150 bar
po • Vo = ps • Vs
Fstandard = 15 000 N

po (bar) = initial pressure

The charging pressure that should be used will then Vo (l) = initial volume
be:
ps (bar) = pressure at stroke S

Pcharging = 150 • 12 000 = 120 bar Vs (l) = volume at stroke S

15 000 By combining this Formula r with

Formula n the following Formula s can be derived to
calculate the force at any position of the stroke.

A gas pressure of 120 bar will give the desired initial Formula s
force of 12 000 N. Snom
The standard initial force, Fstandard and the standard Fs = Finit, actual •
Snom - Sused • 1- Finit,nom
charging pressure at 20°C are given for each model in Fend, nom
the catalogue.
Fs (N) = force at the used stroke S
Isothermic force increase Finit,actual (N) = initial force at current charging
pressure
As the gas spring is compressed the gas pressure in Sused (mm) = used stroke
the spring will rise resulting in an increased gas spring
Snom (mm) = nominal stroke for the spring
force. The gas pressure increase (and force increase)
is determined by the following gas laws.
Finit,nom (N) = nominal initial force of the spring
Fend (N) = force at full nominal stroke

The ideal gas law Snom, Finit,nom and Fend,nom are given for each model
in the catalogue. If the force has not been changed
Formula p (the charge pressure has not been modified)
Finit, actual will be the same as the Finit, nom which is
the value given in the catalogue.
p •V = n • R •T
Note! All end forces, stated in the catalogue are
the isothermic end forces.
p (bar) = gas pressure
V (l) = gas volume
n (mole) = molecular quantity
R (Nm/°K) = constant = 8.314
T (°K) = temperature
We reserve the right to add, delete or modify
2.1/6 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.1/7
About gas springs
Example II Snom, Finit,nom and Fend,nom are given for each model
What is the spring force of a TU 1500–100 when
in the catalogue. If the force has not been changed 1
(the carge pressure has not been modified) Finit, actual
compressing the spring 80 mm?
will be the same as the Finit, nom which is the value
Snom given in the catalogue.
Fs = Finit, actual •
Snom - Sused • 1- Finit, nom Note! All end forces, stated in the catalogue are the
Fend, nom isothermic end forces.
Sused = 80 mm
Example III
The table for the TU 1500 (see page 2.8/2) will give the
following values: What is the “polytropic” end force of a TU 1500-100,
when using a stroke of 80 mm in a “normal” press
application?
Finit, actual = 15 000 N
Snom = 100 mm
Finit, nom = 15 000 N Formula t
n
Fend, nom = 23 000 N Snom
Fs, polytropic = Finit, actual •
Snom - Sused • 1- Finit, nom
Fend, nom
100
Fs =15 000 •
15 000
100 - 80 • 1-
23 000
Finit, actual = 15 000 N
Fs (80mm) = 20 800 N Snom = 100 mm
Sused = 80 mm
Fend,nom = 23 000 N
If the temperature of the gas spring is kept constant, Finit,nom = 15 000 N
(isothermic process), the spring will give a force of n = 1.4 (“normal press application”)
20 800 N when compressed 80 mm.

1.4
Polytropic force increase 100
Fs, polytropic (80 mm) = 15 000 •
For most applications the temperature inside the gas
spring will not stay constant during the stroke. For 100 - 80 • 1- 15 000
23 000
these applications the following formula should be
used to calculate the ”true” force increase
(polytropic process). Fs, polytropic (80 mm) = 23 700 N

Formula t
n
Snom
Fs = Finit, actual •
Snom - Sused • 1- Finit, nom
Fend, nom

Where n is called the polytropic exponent.

Depending on how fast the gas spring is compressed
and the initial gas pressure the n-value will be between
1 and 1.55. For a normal application in a press tool and
a carging pressure of 150 bar an value of 1.4 can be
used.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.1/7
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.1/8
About gas springs
1 Initial force depending on
temperature
The temperature of the nitrogen gas affects the
pressure in, and the force of, the gas spring. The forces
given in the catalogue are based on a temperature of
20°C. Using the same basic Formula p as before the
pressure and force at other temperatures can be
calculated as follows:

Formula u
p0 p1
=
T0 T1

T0 (°K) = Reference temperature

T1 (°K) = Gas spring temperature

Formula v

p1 = p0 • T1
T0
As the force is proportional to the pressure, it can also
be written as:

Formula w

F1 = F0 • T1
T0
Example IV
A gas spring with a initial force of 15000 N at 20°C is
used in such a way that the gas spring temperature is
increased to 60°C. What initial force will the spring have
at 60°C?
Solution using Formula w

F1 = F0 • T1
T0

F0 = 15 000 N
T1 = 273 + 60°C = 333°K
T0 = 273 + 20°C = 293°K

F1 = 15 000 • 333 = 17 000 N

293

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.1/8 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.1/9
About gas springs

Page intentionally left blank

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.1/9
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 Overview - FINIT < 250

12
6 12 12
11

8
12

70 ( 50 + 2xStroke )
65 ( 45 + 2xStroke )
50 ( 30 + 2xStroke )

MC3 x 10 mm
x 10 mm

EPS2 24
x 10 mm
X 170

x 10 mm

x 10 mm
EP2 16

EP2 24

M16x1.5
19 M16x2 M24x1.5 M24x1.5 32
ce Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force
N 170 daN 5.7 - 42 daN 23 - 170 daN 23 - 170 daN 28 - 200 daN

xStroke

2xStroke 6
12 12 8 6 11
2xStroke

12

65 ( 45 + 2xStroke )
62 ( 42 + 2xStroke )

50 ( 30 + 2xStroke )
MM2 x 10 mm
M2 x 10 mm

x 10 mm
x 10 mm

R12
R19

x 10 mm
X 170

x 10 mm
EP2 16

M16x1.5
25 M28x1.5 19 12 19 M16x2
Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force
28 - 200 daN 28 - 200 daN 22.5 - 90 daN 13 - 50 daN 170 daN 5.7 - 42 daN 2

* Total length for M2 stroke length 63.5 mm and longer is 45 + 2xStroke

* Total length for R12 stroke length 63.5 mm and longer is 45 + 2xStroke
* Total length for X 170 stroke length 75 mm and longer is 35 + 2xStroke

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
 FINIT < 250
PROVED
AP

EP2 16 97
/2 3/ E C
Page 2.2/2 2
PROVED
AP

EP2 24 Page 2.2/3

PROVED
AP

EPS2 24 97
/2 3/ E C
Page 2.2/4
PROVED
AP

EP16, EP24, EPS24 Page 2.2/5

PROVED
AP

R12 97
/2 3/ E C
Page 2.2/6
PROVED
AP

R19 97
/2 3/ E C
Page 2.2/8
PROVED
AP

M2 Page 2.2/10
PROVED
AP

MM2 97
/2 3/ E C
Page 2.2/12
PROVED
AP

MC3 97
/2 3/ E C
Page 2.2/14
PROVED
AP

MC2 97
/2 3/ E C
Page 2.2/16
PROVED
AP

X 170 97
/2 3/ E C
Page 2.2/18

by Strömsholmen AB Edition 6B / October 2005

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
 2.2/2
EP2 16
AP
PROVED Ø6 EP2 16 gas springs (Ejector
jector Pin with an M16 thread)
R3 are available in M16x1.5 and M16x2 thread size.
97
/2 3/ E C In each thread size, five models are available. Four
preset models (Green, Blue, Red & Yellow) and one
2

S
adjustable model (Black), whose charging pressure is
5-10 bar, intended for the customer to adjust the gas
charge pressure.
5

They are all colour-coded to help identify the force

rating and can be adjusted and recharged to meet
35

HEX17
individual force requirements.
L How to order
L min
Thread locking element

EP2 16x1.5 05-10

Model: Stroke Length (mm)

(10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 100, 125)

Thread: x1.5 = M16x1.5 Force: 02 = Orange 20 = Red

x2 = M16x2 04 = Purple 40 = Yellow
05 = Green xx = Black, delivered with
HEX10 10 = Blue a pre-charge of 5-10 bar

M6 charge port EP2 16/24 Force in N

M16x1.5 Installation Tool, at +20°C Charging End force in N at
M16x2 Order No. 3021000 pressure + 20°C,
Model Initial Colour (bar) at full stroke
EP2 16x2 02 20 Orange 6 32
Ø6
R3 EP2 16x2 04 40 Purple 12 64
EP2 16x1.5/x2 05 57 Green 20 91
EP2 16x1.5/x2 10 110 Blue 40 180
S

EP2 16x1.5/x2 20 210 Red 75 440

5

EP2 16x1.5/x2 40 420 Yellow 150 670

3

HEX10
EP2 16x1.5/x2 XX* 20-420 Black 6-150 32-670
Ø6
R3 * Force to be set by the customer. Delivered with a pre-charge of 5-10 bar.
35

S L Gas vol. Weight

L min
Thread locking element

Stroke ±0.25 L min (l) (kg)

5

10 65 55 0.002 0.06
3

Also available with shoulder 20 85 65 0.003 0.07

as per GM NA-Standard. 30 105 75 0.003 0.07
35

Contact your local distributor

M16x1.5
40 125 85 0.004 0.08
L min
Thread locking element

or Strömsholmen AB for 50 145 95 0.005 0.08

more information. Ø 20 60 165 105 0.006 0.09
70 185 115 0.007 0.10
80 205 125 0.008 0.11
100 245 145 0.009 0.11
HEX 9.5 M16x1.5 125 295 170 1.012 0.13
Ø 20
BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES
For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1 AF 24 Lock nut
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen HEX 9.5
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar Order No. Thread
503681 M16x1.5
Min. charging pressure .................. 6 bar
8

503722 M16x2
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... ± 0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s

Rod surface..................................... Nitrided

Tube surface ................................... Black Oxide
Repair kit ......................................... Non-repairable

2.2/2 We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification.

Edition 6B / October 2005 by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.2/3
EP2 24
AP
PROVED EP2 24 (Ejector
jector Pin with an M24 thread). It is available
Ø 12 with four pre-set models. Each model is colour-coded
R8 for easy identification of force rating. If needed, these
97
/2 3/ E C
models can be recharged or adjusted to meet individual
force requirements. 2

S
Also available is a model (black) which is delivered with
a precharge of 5 to 10 bar, intended to be adjusted to
the desired force.
5

1
HEX17

35

L
L min
Thread locking element

HEX10

EP2 16/24 Installation Tool,

Order No. 3021000
M6 charge port
Force in N
at +20°C End force in N
M24x1.5 Charging at + 20°C,
Model Initial Colour pressure (bar) at full stroke
EP2 24 20 230 Green 20 390
EP2 24 40 450 Blue 40 800
HEX 17

EP2 24 80 850 Red 75 1500

EP2 24 170 1700 Yellow 150 2900
EP2 24 XXX* 65-1700 Black 6-150 110-2900

* Force to be set by the customer. Delivered with a pre-charge of 5-10 bar.

S L Gas vol. Weight

Stroke ±0.25 L min (l) (kg)
10 65 55 0.05 0.13
How to order 20 85 65 0.07 0.15
30 105 75 0.10 0.17
EP2 24 20-10 40 125 85 0.12 0.19
50 145 95 0.14 0.21
Model: Stroke Length (mm)
(10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 100, 125) 60 165 105 0.17 0.23
Force: 20 = Green 70 185 115 0.19 0.25
40 = Blue 80 205 125 0.22 0.27
80 = Red
170 = Yellow 100 245 145 0.26 0.31
xxx = Black, delivered with
a pre-charge of 5-10 bar 125 295 170 0.32 0.35

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1 AF 36
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen Lock nut
Order No. 503928
Max. charging pressure ................. 180 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 6 bar
10

Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C

Force increase by temperature ...... ± 0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 30-80 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s

Rod surface..................................... Nitrided

Tube surface ................................... Black Oxide
Repair kit ......................................... Non-repairable

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.2/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. Edition 6B / October 2005
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +1 586 415 6677 • www.kaller.com
 2.2/4
EPS2 24
AP
PROVED Ø 12 EPS2 24 (Ejector
jector Pin Special with an M24 thread).
R8 It is available with four pre-set models. Each model
is colour-coded for easy identification of force rating.
97
/2 3/ E C
If needed, these models can be recharged or adjusted
2 to meet individual force requirements.

S
Also available is a model (black) which is delivered with
a precharge of 5 to 10 bar, intended to be adjusted to
8

1
the desired force.
The EPS24 is based on FORDS WDX3580-19XX XX
35
XX gas spring standard. Please note that Ford’s

L
colour-code scheme may differ from the one shown
L min here.
Thread locking element

Force in N
at +20°C Charging End force in N at +
pressure 20°C,
Model Initial Colour (bar) at full stroke
EPS2 24 07 65 Orange 6 110
EPS2 24 11 110 Purple 10 190
M6 charge port
EPS2 24 20 230 Green 20 390
M24x1.5 EPS2 24 40 450 Blue 40 800
EPS2 24 80 850 Red 75 1500
EPS2 24 170 1700 Yellow 150 2900
HEX 25

EPS2 24 XX* 65-1700 Black 6-150 110-2900

* Force to be set by the customer. Delivered with a pre-charge of 5-10 bar.

S L Gas vol. Weight

Stroke ±0.25 L min (l) (kg)
10 65 55 0.05 0.15
16 77 61 0.06 0.16
20 85 65 0.07 0.17
25 95 70 0.08 0.18
30 105 75 0.10 0.19
38 121 83 0.11 0.21
How to order
40 125 85 0.12 0.21
EPS2 24 20-10 50 145 95 0.14 0.23
60 165 105 0.17 0.25
Model: Stroke Length (mm)
(10, 16, 20, 25, 30, 38, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 100, 125) 70 185 115 0.19 0.27
80 205 125 0.22 0.29
Force: 07= orange 80 = Red
11 = Purple 170 = Yellow 100 245 145 0.26 0.33
20 = Green xxx = Black, delivered with
40 = Blue a pre-charge of 5-10 bar
125 295 170 0.32 0.37

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 180 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 6 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... ± 0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 30-80 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s

Rod surface..................................... Nitrided

Tube surface ................................... Black Oxide
Repair kit ......................................... Non-repairable

2.2/4 We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification.

Edition 6B / October 2005 by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.2/5
EP16 05 - 40, EP/EPS 24 20 - 170
AP
PROVED
M16 x 1.5 EP gas springs (Ejector Pin with an M16 thread) are
M16 x 2
available in both M16 x 1.5 and M16 x 2 thread sizes.
Ø6
R3
97
/2 3/ E C In each thread size, five models are available. Four
preset models (Green, Blue, Red & Yellow) and one
adjustable model (Black), whose charging pressure is 2
S

3.5
3

5-10 bar, intended for the customer to adjust the gas

Installation tool, charge pressure.
35
Order No. 3018432
They are all colour-coded to help identify the force rating
and can be adjusted and recharged to meet individual force
L

L min

S2 requirements.

u t /EP
Ø 14

Model
Charging
pressure
(bar) Colour
Force in N
at +20°C

Initial S EP16
End force in N at + 20°C,
at full stroke

EP16 EP16 L
Gas
vol. Weight

o P2
EP16 20
EP16 05 20 Green 57 Stroke 05 10 40 ±0.25 L min (l) (kg)
AF 12 10 70 140 250 530 80 70 0.003 0.063
M6 charge port
EP16 10 40 Blue 110
20 70 140 270 540 100 80 0.004 0.070
EP16 20 75 Red 210

d
Ø 12 30 75 150 280 550 120 90 0.005 0.077
R8 EP16 40 150 Yellow 420

E
40 75 150 280 560 140 100 0.006 0.084

e
E P 16 X X * 20-150 Black 57-420
50 75 150 280 570 160 110 0.007 0.091

s e: * Force to be set by the 60 75 150 290 570 180 120 0.008 0.098
S

customer. 70 80 150 290 580 200 130 0.009 0.105

Delivered with a pre-charge of

iv
80 80 160 290 580 220 140 0.010 0.111

h a at
5-10 bar. 100
125
80
80
160
160
290
290
580
580
260
310
160
185
0.012
1.014
0.118
0.129
36

p tern
Force in N
L min

Charging End force in N at + 20°C,

at +20°C
pressure at full stroke Gas
L

Model (bar) Colour Initial S L vol. Weight

g
Stroke EP24 20 EP24 40 EP24 80 EP24 170 ±0.25 L min (l) (kg)
EP24 20 20 Green 230

l
10 280 560 1040 2090 80 70 0.006 0.24
EP24 40 40 Blue 450

n d
20 330 660 1230 2460 100 80 0.010 0.28

a
EP24 80 75 Red 850

i
30 350 710 1330 2660 120 90 0.016 0.32
EP24 170 150 Yellow 1700
40 340 690 1280 2570 140 100 0.008 0.30

e
Colour code ring EP24 XX* 20-150 Black 230-1700
50 360 710 1340 2680 160 110 0.011 0.40
AF 19 * Force to be set by the

e
60 370 730 1370 2740 180 120 0.014 0.44
M6 charge port customer.

B en
70 370 750 1400 2800 200 130 0.019 0.48

d
M24 x 1.5
Delivered with a pre-charge of 80 380 750 1410 2820 220 140 0.022 0.52
5-10 bar. 100 380 760 1420 2850 260 160 0.030 0.60
Ø 12 125 370 750 1400 2800 310 185 0.037 0.70
R8

Force in N

m
End force in N at + 20°C,
S

Charging at +20°C at full stroke Gas

pressure
4

AF 25
S L vol. Weight
Model (bar) Colour Initial

m
Stroke EPS24 20 EPS24 40 EPS24 80 EPS24 170 ±0.25 L min (l) (kg)
EPS24 20 20 Green 230 10 280 560 1040 2090 80 70 0.006 0.22
8

co EPS24 40
EPS24 80
40
75
Blue
Red
450
850
16
20
300
330
610
660
1140
1230
2290
2460
92
100
76
80
0.007
0.010
0.24
0.26
28

EPS24 170 150 Yellow 1700 25 350 690 1290 2590 110 85 0.013 0.28

re
L min

E P S 24 X X * 20-150 Black 230-1700 30 350 710 1330 2660 120 90 0.016 0.30
L

38 380 750 1420 2830 136 98 0.024 0.33

* Force to be set by the 40 340 690 1280 2570 140 100 0.008 0.28
customer. 50 360 710 1340 2680 160 110 0.011 0.38
Delivered with a pre-charge of 60 370 730 1370 2740 180 120 0.014 0.42
5-10 bar. 70 370 750 1400 2800 200 130 0.019 0.46
80 380 750 1410 2820 220 140 0.022 0.50
100 380 760 1420 2850 260 160 0.030 0.58
Colour code ring
125 370 750 1400 2800 310 185 0.037 0.68

M24 x 1.5 M6 charge port

Lock nut AF 36
AF 24
Lock nut
Order No. 503928
Order No.
10

503681
8

503722

Thread
M16 x 1.5
M16 x 2

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.2/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.2/6
R12
Ø6 R12 gas springs are available in four pre-charged
models. All R12’s are adjustable by the end user.
Black is used to denote charging pressures in between
or below the standard colour pressure codes.
2

S
3
Design includes KALLER unique safety features:
Over-Pressure Protection and Safety Rod.
An upper and lower C-groove together with threaded
17

bottom hole allows various mounting possibilities using

our NEW FCR-12 flange mount.
R 0.8 R12 gas springs can be hosed together using the M6
L min

port and Micro-Hose system.

L

Force in N
R 0.8 at +20°C Charging End force in N
Model Colour
pressure at + 20°C
Initial [bar] at full stroke
6

R12 13 130 Green 45 180

R12 25 250 Blue 90 360
M6 charge port depth 5 R12 38 380 Red 135 540
Ø 12 ± 0.1 R12 50 500 Yellow 180 730
R12 XX* 60-500 Black 20-180 84-730
*Force to be set by the end user. Delivered with a pre-charge of 5 bar.

S Gas
L Weight
L min vol.
Stroke ±0.25 [kg]
[l]
7 56 49 0.001 0.03
10 62 52 0.001 0.03
12.7 67.4 54.7 0.001 0.03
15 72 57 0.002 0.03
19 80 61 0.002 0.04
25 92 67 0.002 0.04
38 118 80 0.003 0.04
50 142 92 0.004 0.05
63.5 172 108.5 0.005 0.06
75 195 120 0.006 0.06
80 202 122 0.006 0.07
100 245 145 0.008 0.07
125 295 170 0.010 0.09

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs” 2.1
Pressure medium ................................ Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ....................... 180 bar (at 20°C)
Min. charging pressure ........................ 20 bar (at 20°C)
Min 0.7 x Lmin

Operating temperature ........................ 0 to +80°C

Force increase by temperature ............ ±0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ........ ~40-100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ........................ 1.6 m/s

Repair Kit ............................................ Non-repairable +1.0

Body Ø +0.5
+1.0
Body Ø +0.5
Rod surface.......................................... Nitrided
B Drop-in FCR-12
Tube surface ....................................... Black oxide Top
Bottom
Thread Mount

2.2/6 We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification.

Edition 6B / October 2005 by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.2/7
R12 Mounts
FCR-12
Order No: FCR-12

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.2/7
All dimensions are stated in mm. Edition 6B / October 2005
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +1 586 415 6677 • www.kaller.com
 2.2/8
R19
AP
PROVED R19 Gas Springs are available in four preset models.
Ø8 Each spring is colour-coded for easy identification of
force rating.
97
/2 3/ E C
We also offer a model with adjustable force (black)
2 that can be customised to meet individual force
requirements. The adjustable model can be set to

S
1 the desired pressure when ordered from us or by
customers with charging equipment.
The R19 is rechargeable but cannot be dissassembled
as the spring body is roll formed around the internal
18

components.
There are two types of mountings for the R19, the
R1
BF-19 used at the lower body groove location and
L
L min

the FCR-19 and 90 used at the upper groove. The M6

thread in the base of the spring is used for charging
and is also a mounting option.
Ø 19 ± 0.1

How to order
R1 R19 30-63.5
Model: R19
6

Stroke Length (mm)

Force: 30 = Green (7, 10, 15, 25, 38.1, 50, 63.5, 80, 100, 125)
M6 charge port 50 = Blue
70 = Red
M6 (depth 5) 90 = Yellow
XXX = Black, state desired force in daN

Force in N End force in N at + 20°C,

Charging
at +20°C at full stroke Gas
pressure
S L L vol. Weight
Model Initial Colour (bar)
Stroke R19 30 R19 50 R19 70 R19 90 ±0.25 min (l) (kg)
R19 30 300 Green 60
7 530 880 1200 1600 56 49 0.003 0.07
R19 50 500 Blue 100 10 470 780 1100 1400 62 52 0.003 0.08
R19 70 700 Red 140 15 440 730 1000 1300 72 57 0.004 0.08
R19 90 900 Yellow 180 25 420 700 980 1300 92 67 0.006 0.08
R19 XX* 225-900 Black 25-180 38.1 410 690 970 1200 118.2 80.1 0.009 0.10
50 410 680 960 1200 142 92 0.011 0.12
* Adjustable version allowing gas pressure both to be 63.5 410 680 950 1200 169 105.5 0.014 0.13
raised and lowered between 25 and 180 bar. 80 410 680 950 1200 202 122 0.018 0.14
100 410 670 940 1200 245 145 0.022 0.17
State desired initial force in daN. If the spring should
be delivered uncharged, please state zero force. 125 410 670 940 1200 295 170 0.027 0.20

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 180 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... ± 0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 100-150 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s Body Ø + 0.5
+ 1.0
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Rod surface..................................... Nitrided Drop - In B BF-19 FCR-19
Tube surface ................................... Black oxide Bottom Foot Top
Repair kit ......................................... Non-repairable thread Mount Mount

2.2/8 We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification.

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.2/9
R19 Mounts
FCR-19 FCR-90
Order No: FCR-19 (VDI) Order No: FCR-90 (ISO)
Ø7
2

22.5*
Ø7

21.5

9
7
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ø 45
45
32

25
12
25
* Note! ISO Specifies 21.5 30

BF-19
Order No: BF-19
Ø7
10
7

45
32
25

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.2/9
All dimensions are stated in mm. Edition 6 / May 2005
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +1 586 415 6677 • www.kaller.com
 2.2/10
M2
AP
PROVED
Ø12 Thread for
The M2 is available in four preset models, with initial
maintenance, M3 forces from 500 to 2000 N. Each spring is colour-coded
for easy identification of force rating.
97
/2 3/ E C
We also offer a model with adjustable force (black) that
2 can be customised to meet individual force

S
requirements. The adjustable model may be set to
desired pressure when ordered from us or by customers
with charging equipment.
11.5
1

17
The M2 spring can in many cases directly replace
mechanical die springs of 25 mm (1 inch) diameter.
R1 All M2 springs can be repaired and recharged. The

L
spring can be attached to the tool, using a mount (FCR
L min

or SM). The M6 thread in the base of the spring is used

for charging and is also a mounting option.
How to order

R1 M2 50-63.5
5

Model
Stroke Length (mm)
5

Force: 50 = Green
M6 100 = Blue
150 = Red
M6 charge port 200 = Yellow
Ø 24.9 ± 0.05
XXX = Black, state desired force in daN

Force in
Charging- End force in N at + 20°C,
Nat +20°C Gas
pressure at full stroke
Model Initial Colour (bar) S L vol. Weight
Stroke M2 050 M2 100 M2 150 M2 200 ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
M2 50 500 Green 45
10 770 1530 2300 3060 62 52 0.005 0.14
M2 100 1000 Blue 90
12.7 770 1530 2300 3070 67.4 54.7 0.006 0.15
M2 150 1500 Red 135
15 770 1540 2310 3070 72 57 0.007 0.16
M2 200 2000 Yellow 180
16 770 1540 2310 3070 74 58 0.007 0.16
M2 XXX* 280-2000 Black 25-180
25 770 1540 2310 3080 92 67 0.010 0.18
* Adjustable version allowing gas pressure both to
38.1 770 1540 2320 3090 118.2 80.1 0.015 0.20
be raised and lowered between 25 and 180 bar.
State desired initial force in daN. If the spring 50 770 1540 2320 3090 142 92 0.019 0.22
should be delivered uncharged, please state zero 63.5 760 1520 2270 3020 172 108.5 0.024 0.26
force.
80 760 1520 2280 3040 205 125 0.029 0.30
100 760 1520 2290 3050 245 145 0.036 0.33
125 760 1530 2290 3060 295 170 0.044 0.39

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen +1.0
Body Ø +0.5
Max. charging pressure ................. 180 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 80-100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s
Body Ø +1.0
+0.5

Rod surface..................................... Nitrided

Tube surface .................................. Black oxide Drop - In, FCR SM
Repair kit ........................................ 3016385 B Flange Side
Bottom threads Mount Mount

2.2/10 We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification.

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.2/11
M2 Mounts
FCR-25 FCR-150
Order No: FCR-25 (VDI) Order No: FCR-150 (ISO)
Top Mount Top Mount Foot Mount

21.5
1
21.5
1

16
9

9
9

9
+ 1.0 + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5 Body Ø + 0.5

Ø 50
Ø50
Ø7
38

30
18
Ø7

30
M5

34
38

Note! For M2 L and L min are 3 mm shorter for 10 to 50 mm stroke SM-150

compared to older version of Mini Spring (called M). Order No: SM-150
To obtain the correct total length when replacing the older version (M)
when using Drop in, or FCR as foot mount, a 3 mm distance should be
used (Order No. 4016109, see picture below).
9 + stroke

14.5 + stroke
6,5
Top view
M6
1

15
Ø 8.4

30
38
54

7
Order No. 4016109 = =
3 +- 0.05

52

Ø 13.5
36

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.2/11
All dimensions are stated in mm. Edition 6 / May 2005
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +1 586 415 6677 • www.kaller.com
 2.2/12
MM2
AP
PROVED Ø 12 Thread for The MM2 is a version of the M2 spring with a threaded
maintenance, M3 body, (M28 x 1.5). All internal parts and technical data
97
are the same as for M2 springs (with the exception of
/2 3/ E C
strokes 63.5 to 125 whose total lenghts are 3 mm
2 shorter). Each spring is colour-coded for easy

S
identification of force rating.
We also offer a model with adjustable force (black) that
can be customised to meet individual force
8

1
requirements. The adjustable model may be set to
desired pressure when ordered from us or by customers
with charging equipment.
L All MM2 springs can be repaired and recharged.
L min

For locking the spring in the tool a lock nut is available.

How to order
MM2 50-63.5
5

Model
Stroke Length (mm)
8

Force: 50 = Green
M6 100 = Blue
150 = Red
M6 charge port
M28 x 1.5 200 = Yellow
XXX = Black, state desired force in daN

Force in Charging- End force in N at + 20°C,

Nat +20°C pressure at full stroke Gas
Model Initial Colour (bar) S L L vol. Weight
Stroke MM2 50 MM2 100 MM2 150 MM2 200 ± 0.25 min (l) (kg)
MM2 50 500 Green 45
10 770 1530 2300 3060 62 52 0.005 0.14
MM2 100 1000 Blue 90
12.7 770 1530 2300 3070 67.4 54.7 0.006 0.15
MM2 150 1500 Red 135
15 770 1540 2310 3070 72 57 0.007 0.16
MM2 200 2000 Yellow 180
16 770 1540 2310 3070 74 58 0.007 0.16
MM2 XXX* 280-2000 Black 25-180
25 770 1540 2310 3080 92 67 0.010 0.18
* Adjustable version allowing gas pressure both to 38.1 770 1540 2320 3090 118.2 80.1 0.015 0.20
be raised and lowered between 25 and 180 bar.
State desired initial force in daN. If the spring 50 770 1540 2320 3090 142 92 0.019 0.22
should be delivered uncharged, please state zero 63.5 760 1520 2270 3020 169 105.5 0.024 0.26
force.
80 760 1520 2280 3040 202 122 0.029 0.30
100 760 1520 2290 3050 242 142 0.036 0.33
125 760 1530 2290 3060 292 167 0.044 0.39

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 180 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 80-100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s

Rod surface..................................... Nitrided FRM

Tube surface ................................... Black oxide Lock
Repair kit ........................................ 3016385 nut

2.2/12 We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification.

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.2/13
MM2 Mounts
FRM-150
Order No. FRM-150
M28 x 1.5

2
10

Ø 50

7
3

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.2/13
All dimensions are stated in mm. Edition 6 / May 2005
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +1 586 415 6677 • www.kaller.com
 2.2/14
MC3
Ø 12
Thread for
maintenance, M3
The MC3 spring is based on the M2 spring, using the
same piston rod and internal components. The body of
the spring and the mount are designed to meet the
PROVED
AP ISO-dimension found in ISO 11901 as well as in VDI
2

S
3003.

1
97
/2 3/ E C Each spring is colour-coded for easy identification of
12.5

force rating. We also offer a model with adjustable force

R1
(black) that can be customised to meet individual force
requirements. The adjustable model may be set to

L
desired pressure at the factory or by customers with
Lmin
charging equipment.
The spring can be attached to the tool, using mounts
FC-MC or FFC-MC. The M6 threads in the base of the
spring are used for charging respective as mounting
3.5

option.
5

How to order
4

M6
MC3 50-63.5
Ø 31.9 ± 0.05
Model
M6 charge port 2x
) Stroke Length (mm)
(
M
6 Force: 50 = Green
100 = Blue
150 = Red
200 = Yellow
XXX = Black, state desired force in daN

Ø 18 End force in N at + 20°C,

at full stroke Gas
Force in S L L vol. Weight
Charging
Nat +20°C Stroke MC3 50 MC3 100 MC3 150 MC3 200 ±0.25 min (l) (kg)
pressure
Model Initial Colour (bar) 10 770 1530 2300 3060 70 60 0.005 0.30 ✔
MC3 50 500 Green 45 12.7 770 1530 2300 3070 75.4 62.7 0.006 0.31
MC3 100 1000 Blue 90 16 770 1540 2310 3070 82 66 0.007 0.33 ✔
MC3 150 1500 Red 135 25 770 1540 2310 3080 100 75 0.010 0.38 ✔
MC3 200 2000 Yellow 180 38.1 770 1540 2320 3090 126.2 88.1 0.015 0.43

MC3 XXX* 280-2000 Black 25-180 50 770 1540 2320 3090 150 100 0.019 0.48 ✔

* Adjustable version allowing gas pressure 63.5 760 1520 2270 3020 177 113.5 0.024 0.54
both to be raised and lowered between 25 and 80 760 1520 2280 3040 210 130 0.029 0.62 ✔
180 bar. State desired initial force in daN. If the 100 760 1520 2290 3050 250 150 0.036 0.71
spring should be delivered uncharged, please
state zero force. 125 760 1530 2290 3060 300 175 0.044 0.83

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 180 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 to= +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 80-100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s

Body Ø ++ 1.0
Rod surface..................................... Nitrided Body Ø ++ 1.0
0.5
0.5
Tube surface ................................... Black oxide Drop - In B FC-MC FFC-MC
Repair kit ........................................ 3016385 Bottom Top Foot Mount
thread Mount

2.2/14 We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification.

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.2/15
MC3 Mounts
FC-MC-150 FFC-MC-150
Order No. FC-MC-150 Order No. FFC-MC-150
50
Ø7 35 2

17

6.5
9

Ø 49.5

35
50
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5

35

Ø 49.5 12
Ø7
Ø 60

Mounting
S-MC c
screw
Order No. S-MC
b b
Øa
d
20

f
Øh
Øh
20

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-MC 32.1 18 22 22.5 90 72 9 8.5

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.2/15
All dimensions are stated in mm. Edition 6 / May 2005
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +1 586 415 6677 • www.kaller.com
 2.2/16
MC2
The MC2 spring is based on the M2 spring, using the
same piston rod and internal components. The body of
Ø 12 the spring and the mount are designed to meet the
PROVED Thread for
AP ISO-dimension found in ISO 11901.
2
maintenance, M3

Each spring is colour-coded for easy identification of

97
/2 3/ E C force rating. We also offer a model with adjustable force
(black) that can be customised to meet individual force

S
requirements. The adjustable model may be set to
1 desired pressure at the factory or by customers with
12.5

charging equipment.
R1 The spring can be attached to the tool, using mounts

t
FC-MC or FFC-MC. The M6 threads in the base of the

3
L

u
spring are used for charging respective as mounting

C
option.
Lmin

How to order
o : M
e d MC2 50-63.5
e
3.5

ti v
s
Model
5
4

Stroke Length (mm)

a a
Force: 50 = Green

n
M8
100 = Blue

h r
150 = Red
Ø 31.9 ± 0.05

tl e
200 = Yellow

p
XXX = Black, state desired force in daN

g a
End force in N at + 20°C,

n d
at full stroke Gas

i e
Force in S L L vol.( Weight
Charging
Nat +20°C Stroke MC2 50 MC2 100 MC2 150 MC2 200 ±0.25 min l) (kg)

e d
pressure
Model Initial Colour (bar) 10 770 1530 2300 3060 70 60 0.005 0.30 ✔

B en
MC2 50 500 Green 45 12.7 770 1530 2300 3070 75.4 62.7 0.006 0.31
MC2 100 1000 Blue 90 16 770 1540 2310 3070 82 66 0.007 0.33 ✔

m
MC2 150 1500 Red 135 25 770 1540 2310 3080 100 75 0.010 0.38 ✔
38.1 770 1540 2320 3090 126.2 88.1 0.015 0.43

m
MC2 200 2000 Yellow 180
50 770 1540 2320 3090 150 100 0.019 0.48 ✔

o
MC2 XXX* 280-2000 Black 25-180
63.5 760 1520 2270 3020 177 113.5 0.024 0.54

c
* Adjustable version allowing gas pressure
80 760 1520 2280 3040 210 130 0.029 0.62

re
✔
both to be raised and lowered between 25 and
180 bar. State desired initial force in daN. If the 100 760 1520 2290 3050 250 150 0.036 0.71
spring should be delivered uncharged, please 125 760 1530 2290 3060 300 175 0.044 0.83
state zero force.

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 180 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 80-100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s

Body Ø ++ 1.0
Rod surface..................................... Nitrided Body Ø ++ 1.0
0.5
0.5
Tube surface ................................... Black oxide Drop - In B FC-MC FFC-MC
Repair kit ........................................ 3016385 Bottom Top Foot Mount
thread Mount

2.2/16 We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification.

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.2/17
MC2 Mounts
FC-MC-150 FFC-MC-150
Order No. FC-MC-150 Order No. FFC-MC-150
50
Ø7 35 2

17

6.5
9

Ø 49.5

35
50
+ 1.0
Body Ø

t
+ 0.5

3
35

u
12

C
Ø 49.5 Ø7

o
Ø 60

d e :M
S-MC
Order No. S-MC
c Mounting
screw

s e a ti v
b b

h a r n
p te
Øa

a l
g
d

d
20

i n
e

d e
e
f

en
Øh

B
Øh
30

m
o m
c
re

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.2/17
All dimensions are stated in mm. Edition 6 / May 2005
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +1 586 415 6677 • www.kaller.com
 2.2/18 Ø 11

X 170
AP
PROVED The Power Line series are our shortest and most

S
powerful Piston Rod Sealed gas springs, giving you
a great deal of force in a very small amount of space.
97
/2 3/ E C Ø 11
The Power Line springs are available with forces from
2

1
170 daN up to 9500 daN and stroke lengths between
17

7 and 125 mm.

L
R1 The X 170 has a bottom port for gas charging that

L minS
can also be used to connect to a Micro HoseTM
hose system.
R1 The X 170 has an upper ISO-Standard C-groove
1
17

and a lower C-groove which together with a threaded

L
bottom hole offers various mounting possibilities using
5
6

R1 our standard mounts.

L min

Ø19±0.10
M6 charge port
R1
5
6

Ø 19 ± 0.10 Force in N
M6 charge port
at 180 bar/+20°C
Gas
S End L vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
X 170-007 7 44 37 0.002 0.06
X 170-010 10 50 40 0.002 0.06
X 170-015 15 60 45 0.004 0.07
X 170-019 19 68 49 0.005 0.07
M6 charge port
X 170-025 25 80 55 0.006 0.08
X 170-038 38 1700 2800 106 68 0.009 0.09
X 170-050 50 130 80 0.012 0.10
X 170-063 63 156 93 0.015 0.12
X 170-075 75 185 110 0.018 0.13
M6 charge port X 170-080 80 195 115 0.019 0.14
X 170-100 100 235 135 0.024 0.16
X 170-125 125 285 160 0.030 0.19

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 180 bar (at 20° C)
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20° C) +1.0
Body Ø +0.5

Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C

Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 40-100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s

Body Ø+1.0
Rod surface..................................... Nitrided +0.5

Tube surface ................................... Black oxide Drop - In FCR-19 BF-19

Repair kit ........................................ Non-repairable B Flange Bottom
Bottom thread Mount Mount

2.2/18 We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification.

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.2/19
X 170 Mounts
FCR-19 FCR-90
Order No: FCR-19 (VDI) Order No: FCR-90 (ISO)

Ø7 Ø7
2

21.5
20.5

9
7
+ 1.0
+ 1.0 Body Ø + 0.5
Body Ø + 0.5
45 Ø 45
32

25
12
25
30

BF-19
Order No: BF-19

Ø7
10
7

45
32
25

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.2/19
All dimensions are stated in mm. Edition 6 / May 2005
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +1 586 415 6677 • www.kaller.com
 Overview - 250 ≤ FINIT < 500
15 15 15

15

100 ( 50 + 2xStroke )

80 ( 30 + 2xStroke )
TU TM / TI TMS
250 x 25 mm 250 x 25 mm 250 x 25 mm
KS K
250 x 25 mm 250 x

M12

38 M38x1.5 38 38 M3
12
Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initi
265 daN 265 daN 265 daN 265 daN 26

15

20
15 15 15 16
20
120
80 ( 30 + 2xStroke )

420 x 25 mm
CU

TMS
250 x 25 mm
320 x 25 mm

KS KSM X
250 x 25 mm 250 x 25 mm 350 x 25 mm
X

M12

38 38 M38x1.5 25 32 25
Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force
265 daN 265 daN 265 daN 320 daN 360 daN 425 daN

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
 250 < FINIT < 500
PROVED
AP

CU 420 Page 2.3/2

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

X 320 Page 2.3/4 3

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

X 350 Page 2.3/6

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

KS 250 Page 2.3/8

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

KSM 250 Page 2.3/10

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TU 250 Page 2.3/12

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TM/TI 250 Page 2.3/14

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TMS 250 Page 2.3/16

97
/2 3/ E C

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.3/2
CU 420
AP
PROVED This is the smallest member of the CU family. As with
the rest of the CU springs it has a very high force
Ø 12
compared to it’s outer diameter.
97
/2 3/ E C

S
3
11.5

R1

L
L min

R1
5
5

M6
M6 charge port
Ø 24.9 ± 0.05

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
Gas
S End L vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
CU 420-006 6 7000 56 50 0.003 0.13
CU 420-010 10 6900 70 60 0.005 0.15
CU 420-016 16 6900 91 75 0.008 0.18
CU 420-025 25 4250 6900 120 95 0.011 0.22
M6 charge port CU 420-032 32 7600 140 108 0.021 0.24
CU 420-040 40 7600 165 125 0.026 0.27
CU 420-050 50 7600 195 145 0.032 0.31

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar (at 20°C)
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... 50~100 (at 20° C)
Max piston rod velocity .................. 0.5 m/s Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Body Ø + 1.0
Rod surface .................................... Nitrided + 0.5

Tube surface .................................. Nitrided FCR-150 FCR-150 B Drop - In

Repair kit ........................................ Non-repairable Foot Top Mount Bottom
Mount thread

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.3/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.3/3
CU 420 Mounts
FCR
Order No: FCR-150

Ø 50
= =
Ø7
3
16
9

30
18
=
9

34
38

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.3/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.3/4
X 320
AP
PROVED
The Power Line series are our shortest and most
powerful Piston Rod Sealed gas springs, giving you a
97
/2 3/ E C
great deal of force in a very small amount of space.
Ø 15
The Power Line springs are available with forces from
170 daN up to 9500 daN and stroke lengths between
7 and 125 mm.
3 The X 320 has a bottom port for gas charging that can

S
also be used to connect to a Micro HoseTM hose system.
The X 320 has an upper ISO-Standard C-groove that
together with a threaded bottom hole offers various
1

mounting possibilities using our standard mounts.

17

L
R1
Lmin

R1
5
6

M6
M6 Charge port Force in N
Ø 24.9 0.05 at 180 bar/+20°C
Gas
S End L vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
X 320-007 7 4800 44 37 0.004 0.10
X 320-010 10 4900 50 40 0.005 0.11
X 320-015 15 5100 60 45 0.007 0.12
X 320-019 19 5100 68 49 0.009 0.13
X 320-025 25 5200 80 55 0.011 0.14
X 320-038 38 3200 5300 106 68 0.017 0.16
X 320-050 50 5300 130 80 0.022 0.18
M6 charge port
X 320-063 63 5300 156 93 0.028 0.21
X 320-075 75 5300 185 110 0.034 0.24
X 320-080 80 5300 195 115 0.036 0.25
X 320-100 100 5300 235 135 0.044 0.28
X 320-125 125 5300 285 160 0.055 0.33
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 180 bar (at 20° C) +1.0
Body Ø +0.5

Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20° C)

Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 40-100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Body Ø +1.0

+0.5

Tube surface .................................. Black oxide Drop - In FCR-150 SM -150

Repair kit ........................................ Non-repairable B Flange Side
Bottom thread Mount Mount
We reserve the right to add, delete or modify
2.3/4 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.3/5
X 320 Mounts
FCR SM
Order No: FCR-150 Order No: SM-150
Top Mount

14.5 + stroke
21.5
1

6.5
1
Top view

9
3
+ 1.0

15
Body Ø + 0.5

30
Ø 8.4
Ø 50

38
54
Ø7

7
= =
52

30
18
Ø 13.5
36
34

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.3/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.3/6
X 350
AP
PROVED The Power Line series are our shortest and most
powerful Piston Rod Sealed gas springs, giving you a
Ø 16 great deal of force in a very small amount of space.
97
/2 3/ E C
Thread for maintenance, M6
These gas springs are available with forces from
170 daN up to 9500 daN and stroke lengths between
7 and 125 mm.
3 There is a side port for gas charging that can also be

S
used to connect to a hose system.
An upper C-groove, lower U-groove together with two M6
12.5

threaded holes allow various mounting possibilities using

2

our standard mounts.

R1 L
L min
3.5

Force in N
at 180 bar/+20°C
4

Ø 31.9 ±0.05 M6 charge port S End L Gas vol. Weight

Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
X 350-010 10 5900 50 40 0.01 0.17
X 350-013 13 5200 56 43 0.01 0.17
X 350-016 16 5300 62 46 0.01 0.19
X 350-019 19 5600 68 49 0.01 0.20
M6 (2x), depth 6 mm
X 350-025 25 5500 80 55 0.02 0.21
X 350-032 32 5500 94 62 0.02 0.23
X 350-038 38 3600 5500 106 68 0.03 0.25
X 350-050 50 5600 130 80 0.03 0.29
X 350-063 63 5500 156 93 0.04 0.33
X 350-075 75 5500 180 105 0.05 0.36
20 X 350-080 80 5500 190 110 0.05 0.38
X 350-100 100 5500 230 130 0.06 0.45
X 350-125 125 5500 280 155 0.08 0.52

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 180 bar (at 20°C)
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 50 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s
Body Ø ++ 1.0
0.5
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided

Drop - In B FC-MC FFC-MC
Tube surface .................................. Black oxide
Bottom Top Foot Mount
Repair kit ........................................ 3018845
threads Mount

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.3/6 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.3/7
X 350 Mounts
FC FFC
Order No. FC-MC-150 Order No. FFC-MC-150
50
Ø7 35

17 3

6.5
9

Ø 49.5

35
50
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5

35

Ø 49.5 12
Ø7
Ø 60

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.3/7
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.3/8
KS 250
AP
PROVED The KS 250 is a short height gas spring with an initial
force of 2650 N. The KS 250 is 20 mm shorter than
the TU 250.
97
/2 3/ E C
Ø 15 The total length L is 30 mm + (2 x stroke).
M6 charge port

S
12.4

R1
L

ut 00
L min

o :X5
d
4

e e
4

s tiv
a a
+0
Ø 38 -0.2

h rn
a p lte
g
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C

in ed Order No.
S
Stroke Initial
End
force*
L
± 0.25 L min
Gas vol. Weight
(l) (kg)

e
B men
d KS 250-013
KS 250-015
KS 250-025
KS 250-038
12.7
15
25
38.1
2650
3800
3700
3600
3600
55.4
60
80
106.2
42.7
45
55
68.1
0.012
0.013
0.021
0.030
0.27
0.28
0.33
0.37
KS 250-050 50 3500 130 80 0.039 0.41

m
Ø 38
KS 250-064 63.5 3500 157 93.5 0.049 0.50

co KS 250-080
KS 250-100
80
100
3500
3500
190
230
110
130
0.061
0.076
0.55
0.66

re * = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 50 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 80-100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Rod surface .................................... Nitrided
Tube surface .................................. Black oxided Drop - In FC, FCS FFC
Repair kit ........................................ 3017230-0250 Top Foot Mount
Mount

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.3/8 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.3/9
KS 250 Mounts
FC Øa FCS Øa

Øb b
c
c

f 3

f
e
f

e
f
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
+ 1.0
Ød Body Ø + 0.5
Ød

Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

FC-250 68 56.5 40 7 9 17 FCS-250 56.5 52 40 7 9 17

FFC a
b
Ød

Øc
b
a
f

Order No. a b Øc Ød e f
FFC-250 55 40 56.6 7 12 6.5

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.3/9
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.3/10
KSM 250
PROVED
AP The KSM 250 is a version of the KS 250 with threaded
body. All internal components and technical data are the
97
Ø 15 same as for the KS 250.
/2 3/ E C
M6 charge port

S
4

1
2

L min

L
8

Ø 35.4

M38 x 1.5

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
KSM 250-013 12.7 3800 55.4 42.7 0.012 0.27
KSM 250-015 15 3700 60 45 0.013 0.28
KSM 250-025 25 3600 80 55 0.021 0.33
KSM 250-038 38.1 3600 106.2 68.1 0.030 0.37
2650
KSM 250-050 50 3500 130 80 0.039 0.41
KSM 250-064 63.5 3500 157 93.5 0.049 0.50
KSM 250-080 80 3500 190 110 0.061 0.55
KSM 250-100 100 3500 230 130 0.076 0.66

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 50 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 80-100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided

Tube surface .................................. Black oxide FRM FTM
Repair kit ........................................ 3017230-0250 FHM Flange mount
Lock nut

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.3/10 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.3/11
KSM 250 Mounts
e
FRM FHM

c
3

Øa

a
c b
b

Order No. Ø a b c d e Order No. a b c

FRM-250 58 3.5 8 11 M38 x 1.5 FHM-250 47 M38 x 1.5 8

FTM A-A
a
Ø 14
Lock screw, M6
12

Ø9
Ø 75
50.3
A

A
29

50

Order No. a
FTM-250 M38 x 1.5

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.3/11
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.3/12
TU 250
Standard line of gas springs is the TU- line. Sizes 250
to 10 000 correspond to the ISO 11901 standard for
gas springs as well as VDI 3003.
PROVED
AP Ø 15 Thread for The total length L is 50 mm + (2 x stroke).
maintenance, M3

97
/2 3/ E C

3
S
12.4

R1
L min

L
4
4

+0
Ø 38 - 0.2 M6 charge port

Force in N
M6 (4x), depth 8 mm at 150 bar/+20°C
Gas
S End L vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg) 11901
45

✔
˚

TU 250-010 10 3500 70 60 0.011 0.43

TU 250-013 12.7 3500 75.4 62.7 0.013 0.44
TU 250-016 16 3500 82 66 0.016 0.46 ✔
TU 250-025 25 3500 100 75 0.023 0.50 ✔
25

TU 250-038 38.1 3500 126.2 88.1 0.032 0.54

2650
18 TU 250-050 50 3500 150 100 0.041 0.58 ✔
TU 250-064 63.5 3500 177 113.5 0.051 0.67
TU 250-080 80 3500 210 130 0.062 0.72 ✔
TU 250-100 100 3500 250 150 0.077 0.83
TU 250-125 125 3500 300 175 0.096 0.97

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 50 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 80-100 (at 20°C)
Body Ø ++ 1.0
Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
0.5

Drop - In B FC, FCS K, FFC

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Bottom Top Foot Mount
Tube surface .................................. Black oxide threads Mount
Repair kit ........................................ 3016873 Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.3/12 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.3/13
TU 250 Mounts
FC Øa FCS
Øb Øa

b
c
c

f 3
e
f

f
e
f
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød

Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

FC-250 68 56.5 40 7 9 17 FCS-250 56.5 52 40 7 9 17

FFC S c Mounting
screw
a
b
Ød b b

Øa
Note! Support S is
designed to be used in
combination with
flanges mounted in the
U or C groove or mount
option B. d
20
Øc
The mounting screw
b
a
f

(M6) should be
tightened with e
torque 25 Nm.
f
Øh
Øh
20

e
g

Order No. a b Øc Ød e f Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh

FFC-250 55 40 56.6 7 12 6.5 S-250 38.1 18 24 27.5 95 77 8 9

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.3/13
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.3/14
TM/TI 250
AP
PROVED The TM and TI are threaded body 250 springs with the
same length as the TU 250.
97 Ø 15
/2 3/ E C Thread for The TM spring has a metric thread M38 x 1.5.
maintenance, M3

The TI spring has an Inch thread UNF 1½-12.

S
3 4

1
2
4

L
L min
14

Ø 35.4 M6 charge port

TM = M38 x 1.5
TI = UNF 1 ½"-12
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
TM/TI 250-013 12.7 3400 75.4 62.7 0.015 0.37
TM/TI 250-025 25 3400 100 75 0.024 0.42
TM/TI 250-038 38.1 3400 126.2 88.1 0.033 0.47
TM/TI 250-050 50 2650 3400 150 100 0.042 0.52
TM/TI 250-064 63.5 3500 177 113.5 0.052 0.57
TM/TI 250-080 80 3500 210 130 0.063 0.64
TM/TI 250-100 100 3500 250 150 0.078 0.72

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 50 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 80-100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided FRM, FRI, FTM, FTI

Tube surface .................................. Black oxide FHM, FHI Flange mount
Repair kit ........................................ 2013691-0250 Lock nut

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.3/14 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.3/15
TM/TI 250 Mounts
FRM/FRI e FHM/FHI

c
3

Øa

a
c
b

Order No. Ø a b c d e Order No. a b c

FRM-250 58 3.5 8 11 M38 x 1.5 FHM-250 47 M38 x 1.5 8
FRI-250 58 3.5 8 11 UNF 1 ½-12 FHI-250 50.8 UNF 1½-12 8

FTM/FTI A-A
a
Ø 14
Lock screw, M6
12

Ø9
Ø 75
50.3
A

A
29

50

Order No. a
FTM-250 M38 x 1.5
FTI-250 UNF 1 ½-12

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.3/15
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.3/16
TMS 250
PROVED
AP The TMS are 250 springs equipped with a threaded stud
for mounting.
97
/2 3/ E C +0 The TMS (Tube Metric Stud) has a M12 thread.
Ø 38 - 0.2
Thread for It has the same basic length as the TU 250 spring.
Ø 15
maintenance, M3

S
4

1
2

L
L min

M6 charge port

+0
25

-0,2
19

Force in N
M12
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
TMS 250-013 12.7 3400 75.4 62.7 0015 0.45
TMS 250-025 25 3400 100 75 0.024 0.50
TMS 250-038 38.1 3400 126.2 88.1 0.033 0.55
TMS 250-050 50 2650 3400 150 100 0.042 0.60
TMS 250-064 63.5 3500 177 113.5 0.052 0.65
TMS 250-080 80 3500 210 130 0.063 0.70
TMS 250-100 100 3500 250 150 0.078 0.80

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 50 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 80-100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided

Tube surface .................................. Black oxide
Repair kit ........................................ 2013691-0250 Thread

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.3/16 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.3/17

Page 3

Page intentionally left blank

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.3/17
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 Overview - 500 ≤ FINIT < 750

20

20

35

53
20
135 ( 85 + 2xStroke )

100 ( 50 + 2xStroke )

82 ( 32 + Stroke )
TU 500 x 25 mm

K
500 x 25 mm
KS
500 x 25 mm

45 45 45
Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force
500 daN 500 daN 500 daN

20
15
53

55

20 20
82 ( 32 + 2xStroke )

80 ( 30 + 2xStroke )

120

CU
740 x 25 mm

KSM
500 x 25 mm X
500 x 25 mm

M45x1.5 40 32
Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force
500 daN 500 daN 740 daN

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
 500 < FINIT < 750
PROVED
AP

CU 740 Page 2.4/2

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

X 500 Page 2.4/4

97
/2 3/ E C

AP
PROVED
4
K 500 Page 2.4/6
97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

KS 500 Page 2.4/8

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

KSM 500 Page 2.4/10

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TU 500 Page 2.4/12

97
/2 3/ E C

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.4/2
CU 740
AP
PROVED The CU gas springs is a very compact Bore Sealied
Ø 20 gas spring, that gives a high force in a limited space.
97
/2 3/ E C
Springs with stroke lengths over 25 mm should always
be attached to the tool, using a flange or the tapped
holes in the bottom of the spring. We also recommend

S
shorter stroke springs to be fastened for optimal
service-life.
11.5

1
R1
4
L
L min
5.5 (2x)

R1
10.5

Ø 32.1 ± 0.05

Force in N
M6 Charge Port at 150 bar/+20°C
Gas
M6 (2x) S End L vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force** ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
CU 740-006 6 9800 63 57 0.012 0.20
CU 740-010 10 10000 75 65 0.017 0.24
CU 740-016 16 11000 93 77 0.024 0.28
CU 740-025 25 7400 12000 120 95 0.034 0.33
Ø15
CU 740-032 32* 12000 140 108 0.042 0.37
CU 740-040 40* 12000 165 125 0.052 0.42
CU 740-050 50* 12000 195 145 0.063 0.48

* = Should always be attached to the tool using the tapped holes in

the bottom or a flange
** = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar (at 20° C)
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar (at 20° C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ....... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 50-100 (at 20°C)
Body Ø + 1.0
Body Ø + 1.0
Max piston rod velocity ................... 0.5 m/s + 0.5
+ 0.5

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Drop - In FC-MC B

Tube surface ................................... Nitrided Top Bottom
Repair kit ........................................ Non-repairable Mount thread

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.4/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.4/3
CU 740 Mounts
FC-MC
Order No. FC-MC-150

Ø7

17
9

4
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5

35

Ø 49.5
Ø 60

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.4/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.4/4
X 500
AP
PROVED The Power Line series are our shortest and most
Ø 20 powerful Piston Rod Sealed gas springs, giving you a
great deal of force in a very small amount of space.
97
/2 3/ E C Thread for maintenance M6
These gas springs are available with forces from
170 daN up to 9500 daN and stroke lengths between
7 and 125 mm.

S
There is a side port for gas charging that can also be
used to connect to a hose system.

4 An upper C-groove, lower U-groove together with two

12.5

2 M6 threaded holes allow various mounting possibilities

using our standard mounts.

L
R1 L min
4

Force in N
4

Ø 38 +0
- 0.2 M6 charge port at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
X 500-010 10 7200 50 40 0.01 0.25
X 500-013 13 7100 56 43 0.01 0.26
X 500-016 16 7200 62 46 0.02 0.27
X 500-019 19 7400 68 49 0.02 0.28
X 500-025 25 7300 80 55 0.03 0.31
X 500-032 32 7200 94 62 0.03 0.34
X 500-038 38 4700 7200 106 68 0.04 0.36
M6 (2x), depth 6 mm
X 500-050 50 7200 130 80 0.05 0.40
X 500-063 63 7200 156 93 0.06 0.45
X 500-075 75 7100 180 105 0.07 0.50
25
X 500-080 80 7100 190 110 0.08 0.52
X 500-100 100 7100 230 130 0.10 0.60
X 500-125 125 7100 280 155 0.12 0.70

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar (at 20°C)
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ....... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 50 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s Body Ø ++ 1.0
0.5
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Drop - In B FC, FCS K, FFC

Tube surface ................................... Black oxide Bottom Top Mount Foot Mount
Repair kit ........................................ 3018846 threads
Note! For dimensions on mounting possibility K refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.4/4 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.4/5
X 500 Mounts
FC Øa FCS Øa
Øb b
c
c

f
e
f

f
4

e
f
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Ød

Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

FC-250 68 56.5 40 7 9 17 FCS-250 56.5 52 40 7 9 17

FFC
a
b
Ød

Øc
b
a
f

Order No. a b Øc Ød e f
FFC-250 55 40 56.6 7 12 6.5

Note! For dimensions on mounting possibility K refer to

chapter 3.

Click here for Chapter 3 >>

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.4/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.4/6
K 500
AP
PROVED This is a short height hoseable spring with an initial
force of 4700 N.
97
/2 3/ E C The K 500 has a total length of 50 mm + (2 x stroke).
Ø 20 Thread for This spring is 35 mm shorter than the TU 500. Mounting
maintenance, M6 options are the same as for the TU 500.

S
15.5

4
1

R1
L min

L
4

Ø 45.2 ± 0.1 G 1/8" charge port

4

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
M8 (2x), depth 12.5 mm Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
K 500-006 6 5600 62 56 0.02 0.50
K 500-013 12.7 5900 75.4 62.7 0.03 0.54
K 500-019 19 6100 88.1 69.05 0.04 0.59
K 500-025 25 6100 100 75 0.04 0.62
K 500-038 38.1 6200 126.2 88.1 0.06 0.71
20 4700
K 500-050 50 6300 150 100 0.07 0.78
K 500-064 63.5 6300 177 113.5 0.09 0.88
K 500-080 80 6600 210 130 0.11 0.98
K 500-100 100 6600 250 150 0.12 1.12
K 500-125 125 6600 300 175 0.15 1.28

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ....... +0.3t 20°C)
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 40 - 80 (at 20°C)
Body Ø ++ 1.0
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
0.5

Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS K, FFC,

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided
Bottom Top FU
Tube surface ................................... Black oxide
Mount Mount Foot Mount
Repair kit ........................................ 3017230-0500 Note!
For dimensions on mounting possibilities K and FU refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.4/6 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.4/7
K 500 Mounts
MP FC Øa
A-A

14 (2x)
Ø 9 (2x) Ø 9 (2x)

20 -0.1
Øb

+0
12 (2x)
c

Ø 15 (2x) Ø 15 (2x)
Note! Comes
complete with screws a
to mount gas spring. b
M10

f
e
f
4
A
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A M10
Ø 20

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-500 70 50 FC-500 86 70.7 50 9 13 22

FCS FFC
Øa a
b b
c Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5 e
Ød
Order No. a b Øc Ød e f
Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f
FFC-500 70 50 70.7 9 20 6.5
FCS-500 70.7 64 50 9 13 22

Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K and

FU refer to chapter 3.

Click here for Chapter 3 >>

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.4/7
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.4/8
KS 500
AP
PROVED The KS 500 is a short height gas spring with an initial
force of 4700 N.
97
/2 3/ E C The KS 500 has a total length of 32 mm + (2 x stroke),
Ø 20 this is 53 mm shorter than the TU 500.
M6, charge port

S
4
15.5

ut 0
L
5
R1 L min

X o 7
R1

e d e:
as ativ
7

h
Ø 45.2 ± 0.1

n
p er lt
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C

g
n ed
Order No.
S
Stroke
a Initial
End
force*
L
± 0.25 L min
Gas vol. Weight
(l) (kg)

ei d
KS 500-013
KS 500-019
KS 500-025
12.7
19.05
25
6900
6700
6600
57.4
70.1
82
44.7
51.05
57
0.02
0.03
0.03
0.42
0.46
0.51

B e n KS 500-038
KS 500-050
38.1
50 4700
6600
6700
108.2
132
70.1
82
0.05
0.06
0.59
0.66

m KS 500-064
KS 500-080
63.5
80
6600
6600
159
192
95.5
112
0.08
0.09
0.72
0.82

om KS 500-100
KS 500-125
100
125
6700
6700
232
282
132
157
0.11
0.14
0.98
1.14

ec
BASIC INFORMATION
r * = at full stroke

MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES
For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar
+ 1.0
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar Body Ø + 0.5

Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C

Force increase by temperature ....... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 40-80 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s

+ 1.0
Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Body Ø + 0.5

Tube surface ................................... Black oxide

Drop-In FC, FCS BF
Repair kit ........................................ 3017230-0500
Top Mount Foot Mount

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.4/8 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.4/9
KS 500 Mounts
FC Øa FCS Øa
Øb
b
c c

f
e

4
f

f
e
f
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød

Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

FC-500 86 70.7 50 9 13 22 FCS-500 70.7 64 50 9 13 22

BF a
b
d

Øc

Order No. a b Øc d
BF-500 60 44 9 9.5

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.4/9
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.4/10
KSM 500
AP
PROVED The KSM 500 is a threaded body version of the KS 500.
All internal components and technical data are the
Ø 20
97
/2 3/ E C M6, charge port same as for the KS 500.

S
5

4
1
4
3

L
L min

5
3
8

M45 x 1.5

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
4.5 (2x)

S End L Gas vol. Weight

Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
KSM 500-013 12.7 6900 57.4 44.7 0.02 0.40
KSM 500-019 19.05 6700 70.1 51.05 0.03 0.44
KSM 500-025 25 6600 82 57 0.03 0.49
KSM 500-038 38.1 6600 108.2 70.1 0.05 0.57
KSM 500-050 50 4700 6700 132 82 0.06 0.64
KSM 500-064 63.5 6600 159 95.5 0.08 0.70
KSM 500-080 80 6600 192 112 0.09 0.80
KSM 500-100 100 6700 232 132 0.11 0.96
KSM 500-125 125 6700 282 157 0.14 1.12

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ....... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 40-80 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided

Tube surface ................................... Black oxide FRM
Repair kit ........................................ 3017230-0500 Lock nut

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.4/10 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.4/11
KSM 500 Mounts
FRM e

Øa
4

c
b

Order No. Ø a b c d e
FRM-500 68 3.5 8 12 M45 x 1.5

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.4/11
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.4/12
TU 500
The standard line of gas springs is the TU- line.
Sizes 250 to 10 000 correspond to the ISO 11901
Ø 20 Thread for standard for gas springs.
AP
PROVED maintenance, M6
The TU 500 has a total length of 85 mm + (2 x stroke).
97

S
/2 3/ E C
16.5

2
4 R1
L min

L
4

G 1/8" charge port

4

Ø 45.2 ±0.1
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
Gas
S End L vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg) 11901
M8, depth 12.5 mm
TU 500-010 10 6000 105 95 0.023 0.96
TU 500-013 12.7 6100 110.4 97.7 0.025 1.04
TU 500-025 25 6400 135 110 0.038 1.13 ✔
TU 500-038 38.1 6500 161.2 123.1 0.051 1.22
TU 500-050 50 6600 185 135 0.063 1.30 ✔
4700
TU 500-064 63.5 6600 212 148.5 0.077 1.41
20 TU 500-080 80 6700 245 165 0.093 1.55 ✔
TU 500-100 100 6700 285 185 0.114 1.72
TU 500-125 125 6700 335 210 0.139 1.89
TU 500-160 160 6700 405 245 0.175 2.14

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ....... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 40-80 (at 20°C)
Body Ø ++ 1.0
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
0.5

Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS K, FFC,

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided
Bottom Top FU
Tube surface ................................... Black oxide
Mount Mount Foot Mount
Repair kit ........................................ 2013691-0500 Note!
For dimensions on mounting possibilities K and FU refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.4/12 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.4/13
TU 500 Mounts
MP FC Øa
A-A

14 (2x)
Ø 9 (2x) Ø 9 (2x)

20 -0.1
Øb

+0
12 (2x)
c

Ø 15 (2x) Ø 15 (2x)

Note! Comes a
complete with screws b
to mount gas spring.
M10

f
e
f
4
A + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød

A M10
Ø 20

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-500 70 50 FC-500 86 70.7 50 9 13 23

FCS FFC
Øa a
b b
c Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
e
Ød

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-500 70.7 64 50 9 13 23 FFC-500 70 50 70.7 9 20 6.5

Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K and

S c Mounting
FU refer to chapter 3. screw

b b
Click here for Chapter 3 >> Note! Support S is
Øa

designed to be used
in combination with
flanges mounted in
the U or C groove or
mount option B.
d
20

The mounting screw

(M8) should be
tightened with e
torque 25 Nm.
f
Øh
Øh
20

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-500 45.4 17 29 30 100 82 9 9

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.4/13
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 Overview - 750 ≤ FINIT < 1000

25 25 25

25 25

45
145 ( 95 + 2xStroke )

100 ( 50 + 2xStroke )
TU / TUR / LCF
750 x 25 mm

750 x 25 mm
TB

SL
750 x 25 mm KM
K 750 x 25 mm
750 x 25 mm

50 75 50 50 M50x1.5
Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force
750 daN 750 daN 750 daN 750 daN 750 daN

25
57

25 25 63
25
145 ( 95 + 2xStroke )

TU / TUR / LCF

88 ( 38 + 2xStroke )
750 x 25 mm

82 ( 32 + 2xStroke )

KS KSM
750 x 25 mm X
750 x 25 mm 750 x 25 mm

50 50 M50x1.5 45
Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force
750 daN 750 daN 750 daN 750 daN

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
 750 < FINIT < 1000
PROVED
AP

X 750 Page 2.5/2

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

K 750 Page 2.5/4

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

KM 750 Page 2.5/6

97
/2 3/ E C 5
PROVED
AP

KS 750 Page 2.5/8

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

KSM 750 Page 2.5/10

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TU and LCF 750 Page 2.5/12

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TB 750 Page 2.5/14

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

SL 750 Page 2.5/16

97
/2 3/ E C

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.5/2
X 750
AP
PROVED The Power Line series are our shortest and most
Ø 25 powerful Piston Rod Sealed gas springs, giving you a
Thread for maintenance M6 great deal of force in a very small amount of space.
97
/2 3/ E C
These gas springs are available with forces from
170 daN up to 9500 daN and stroke lengths between 7
and 125 mm.

S
There is a side port for gas charging that can also be
used to connect to a hose system.
15.5

2
An upper C-groove, lower U-groove together with two
M8 threaded holes allow various mounting possibilities

L
using our standard mounts.
R1
L min

5
4

6
4

Ø 45.2 ±0.1 Force in N

M6 charge port
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
X 750-010 10 12100 52 42 0.02 0.37
X 750-013 13 12100 58 45 0.02 0.39
M8 (2x), depth 6 mm
X 750-016 16 12100 64 48 0.03 0.41
X 750-019 19 11700 70 51 0.03 0.41
X 750-025 25 11800 82 57 0.04 0.45
X 750-032 32 11800 96 64 0.05 0.50
X 750-038 38 7400 11800 108 70 0.05 0.53
X 750-050 50 11800 132 82 0.07 0.61
X 750-063 63 11800 158 95 0.09 0.69
X 750-075 75 11900 182 107 0.10 0.77
X 750-080 80 11900 192 112 0.11 0.80
20 X 750-100 10 0 11900 232 132 0.13 0.93
X 750-125 125 11900 282 157 0.17 1.09

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar (at 20°C)
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ....... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 50 to 100 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s Body Ø ++ 1.0
0.5
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Drop - In B FC, FCS K, FFC

Tube surface ................................... Black oxide Bottom Top Mount Foot Mount
Repair kit ........................................ 3019903 threads
Note!
For dimensions on mounting possibility K and FU refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.5/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.5/3
X 750 Mounts
FC Øa FCS Øa
Øb b
c
c

f
e
f

f
e
f
+ 1.0
Body Ø
5
+ 0.5
Ød Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Ød

Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

FC-500 86 70.7 50 9 13 22 FCS-500 70.7 64 50 9 13 22

FFC
a
b
Ød

Øc
b
a
f

Order No. a b Øc Ød e f
FFC-500 70 50 70.7 9 20 6.5

Note! For dimensions on mounting possibility K and FU

refer to chapter 3.

Click here for Chapter 3 >>

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.5/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.5/4
K 750
PROVED
AP This is a short height hoseable spring with an initial
Ø 25
force of 7400 N.
Thread for
97
/2 3/ E C maintenance, M6 The K 750 has a total length of 50 mm + (2 x stroke).
This spring is 45 mm shorter than the TU 750.
Mounting options are the same as for the TU 750.

S
K 750 is also available with double gas charging ports
in the tube. When ordering this type add a D to the
15.5

Order No. Example: KD 750-xxx.

R2 1 Note! The KD 750 has no valve and can only be

pressurised through a hose system and is therefore

L
L min always delivered uncharged.
5
7

KD example
G 1/8" charge port
Ø 50.2 ± 0.1
8

G 1/8" charge ports

M8 (2x), depth 12.5 mm
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
K 750-006 6 15000 62 56 0.01 0.68
K 750-013 12.7 13000 75.4 62.7 0.02 0.73
K 750-019 19 12000 88.1 69.05 0.03 0.80
K 750-025 25 11000 100 75 0.04 0.82
K 750-038 38.1 11000 126.2 88.1 0.06 0.92
7400
20 K 750-050 50 11000 150 100 0.08 1.06
K 750-064 63.5 11000 177 113.5 0.10 1.12
K 750-080 80 11000 210 130 0.12 1.26
K 750-100 100 11000 250 150 0.15 1.39
K 750-125 125 11000 300 175 0.19 1.57

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ....... +0.3%/°C
Body Ø + 1.0
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C) Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
+ 0.5

Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s

Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FAC, SA, S
Bottom FCSC FFC, FU
Rod surface .................................... Nitrided
Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
Tube surface ................................... Black oxide
Repair kit ........................................ 3017230-0750 Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.5/4 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.5/5
K 750 Mounts
MP FC Øa
A-A

14 (2x)
Ø 9 (2x) Ø 9 (2x)

20 -0.1
Øb

+0
12 (2x)
c

Ø 15 (2x) Ø 15 (2x)

a
b
M10

f
e
f
Note! Comes
complete with screws
to mount gas spring.

A
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød 5
A M10
Ø 20

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-750 75 56.5 FC-750 95 80 56.5 9 13 22

FCS Øa FFC
a
b
b
c Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød e

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-750 80 70 56.5 9 13 22 FFC-750 75 56.5 80 9 24 12

Mounting Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,

S c
screw FU, FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Note! Support S is
Øa

designed to be used
in combination with
flanges mounted in
the U or C groove or
mount option B.
d
20

The mounting screw

(M8) should be
tightened with torque e
25 Nm.
f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-750 50.4 20 40 40 130 110 10 9

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.5/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.5/6
KM 750
AP
PROVED The KM 750 is a threaded body version of the K 750.
All internal components and technical data are the
97
/2 3/ E C Ø 25 same as for the K 750.
Thread for
maintenance, M8 Dimensions according to the FORD standard.

S
5

1
4

L
5
L min
19

M50 x 1.5 G 1/8" charge port

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
M8 (2x), depth 12.5 mm
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
KM 750-006 6 15000 62 56 0.01 0.68
KM 750-013 12.7 13000 75.4 62.7 0.02 0.73
KM 750-019 19 12000 88.1 69.05 0.03 0.80
KM 750-025 25 11000 100 75 0.04 0.82
KM 750-038 38.1 11000 126.2 88.1 0.06 0.92
7400
KM 750-050 50 11000 150 100 0.08 1.06
KM 750-064 63.5 11000 177 113.5 0.10 1.12
20 KM 750-080 80 11000 210 130 0.12 1.26
KM 750-100 100 11000 250 150 0.15 1.39
KM 750-125 125 11000 300 175 0.19 1.57
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ....... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided FRM FTM

Tube surface ................................... Black oxide Lock nut Flange mount
Repair kit ........................................ 3017230-0750

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.5/6 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.5/7
KM 750 Mounts
FRM e FTM A-A
a
Ø 15 (4X)
Lock screw, M6

16
Ø 9 (4X)
Ø 100

A 66

Øa
A

38

66
5
c
b

Order No. a
Order No. Ø a b c d e
FTM-750 M50 x 1.5
FRM-750 75 3.5 8 13 M50 x 1.5

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.5/7
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.5/8
KS 750
AP
PROVED This is an ultra short height gas spring with an initial
force of 7400 N. The internal components are the same
as in the K 750.
97
/2 3/ E C

The KS 750 has a total length of 38 mm +(2 x stroke),

Ø 25
this is 57 mm shorter than the TU 750.
M6 charge port

S
15.5

5 R2

L
t 00
u
L min

0
R2
o :X1
e d ve
s i
7

Ø 50.2 ± 0.1

a at
h
p te rn Force in N

al
at 150 bar/+20°C

g
n ed
Order No.
S
Stroke Initial
End
force*
L
± 0.25 L min
Gas vol. Weight
(l) (kg)

ei d
KS 750-013
KS 750-019
KS 750-025
12.7
19,05
25
13000
12000
11000
63.4
76.1
88
50.7
57.05
63
0.02
0.03
0.04
0.60
0.64
0.68

B men
Ø 50.2 ± 0.10
KS 750-038
KS 750-050
KS 750-064
KS 750-080
38.1
50
63.5
80
7400
11000
11000
11000
11000
114.2
138
165
198
76.1
88
101.5
118
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.78
0.88
0.98
1.10

om KS 750-100
KS 750-125
100
125
11000
11000
238
288
138
163
0.15
0.19
1.26
1.45

c
re
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ....... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided

Drop-In FC, FCS, BF
Tube surface ................................... Black oxide
FCSC
Repair kit ........................................ 3017230-0750
Top Mount Foot Mount

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.5/8 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.5/9
KS 750 Mounts
FC Øa FCS Øa
Øb b
c c

f
e
f

f
e
f
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Ød + 1.0
5
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød

Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

FC-750 95 80 56.5 9 13 22 FCS-750 80 70 56.5 9 13 22

BF a
b
d

Øc

Order No. a b Øc d
BF-750 65 48 9 11.5

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.5/9
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.5/10
KSM 750
PROVED
AP The KSM 750 is a threaded body version of the KS 750.
All internal components and technical data are the
97
/2 3/ E C
Ø 25 same as for the KS 750.
M6 charge port

S
5

1
4
3

L
5
L min

5
8
3

M50 x 1.5
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
4.5 (2x)

S End L Gas vol. Weight

Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
KSM 750-013 12.7 13000 63.4 50.7 0.02 0.57
KSM 750-019 19.05 12000 76.1 57.05 0.03 0.61
KSM 750-025 25 12000 88 63 0.04 0.65
KSM 750-038 38.1 12000 114.2 76.1 0.06 0.75
KSM 750-050 50 7400 12000 138 88 0.07 0.85
KSM 750-064 63.5 12000 165 101.5 0.09 0.95
KSM 750-080 80 12000 198 118 0.11 1.08
KSM 750-100 100 12000 238 138 0.14 1.23
KSM 750-125 125 12000 288 163 0.17 1.42

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ....... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided

Tube surface ................................... Black oxide
Repair kit ........................................ 3017230-0750 FRM
Lock nut

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.5/10 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.5/11
KSM 750 Mounts
e
FRM

Øa
5
c
b

Order No. Ø a b c d e
FRM-750 75 3.5 8 13 M50 x 1.5

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.5/11
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.5/12
TU and LCF 750
Ø 25 Thread for TU series
maintenance, M8 The standard line of gas springs is the TU line.
Sizes 250 to 10 000 correspond to the ISO 11901 standard for gas springs.
PROVED
Sizes 750 to 7500 correspond to FORD’s WDX3560, GM’s

S
AP
M-1500 and Renault’s automotive gas spring standards. When ordering a
Renault standard gas spring add an R to the Order No. (for example:
17.5

TUR 1500-xxx). For more information, see “Automotive Standards” 2.17/2

3
97
/2 3/ E C
R2 LCF series
Low Contact Force (LCF) gas springs are designed to reduce exessive
shock loads, high noise levels and extreme pad bounce, all factors that

L min
lead to high press maintenance costs and noise pollution. For more

L
information see “About Gas Springs” 2.1/2.

Force vs Stroke for LCF 750 Springs

End force*
7

5 re
(see table)

P ressu
harge
Full C End force*
7 400 at min.
8

±0, 1 G 1/8" charge port charge

Ø 50.2

Force (N)
re*
ressu pressure
arge P
um Ch
Minim

M8 (2x), depth 13 mm
4 700

0 Full
20 3.1
Spring Travel (mm) Stroke

TU, TUR and LCF 750 gas springs are also

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C available with double charging ports. When
Gas ordering this type, add a D to the Order No.
S End L vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L m in (l) (kg)
For example: TUD 750-xxx
TU/LCF 750-013 12.7 12000 120.4 107.7 0.03 1.30
Note! TUD, TURD and LCFD 750 gas springs
TU/LCF 750-025 25 12000 145 120 0.04 1.45 4 contain no valve and can only be pressurised
TU/LCF 750-038 38.1 12000 171.2 133.1 0.06 1.50 through connection to a hose system and therefore
TU/LCF 750-050 50 12000 195 145 0.07 1.70 4 are always delivered uncharged.
TU/LCF 750-064 63.5 12000 222 158.5 0.09 1.75
TU/LCF 750-080 80 12000 255 175 0.11 1.95 4 TUD 750 example
7400
TU/LCF 750-100 100 12000 295 195 0.14 2.15 4
TU/LCF 750-125 125 12100 345 220 0.17 2.40 4
TU/LCF 750-160 160 12100 415 255 0.21 2.70 4
TU/LCF 750-200 20 0 12100 495 295 0.26 3.10
TU/LCF 750-250 250 12100 595 345 0.33 3.60
TU/LCF 750-300 300 12100 695 395 0.39 4.10 G 1/8" charge ports

* = at full stroke

* = at full stroke
BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES
For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ............................................ Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure (TU 750) ..................... 25 bar
Min. charging pressure (LCF 750) ................... 70 bar
Operating temperature .................................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ....................... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ..................... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .................................... 1.6 m/s Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Rod surface ..................................................... Nitrided Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5

Tube surface .................................................... Black oxide

Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FFC, FAC, SA, S, HM
Repair kits
*TU 750 new version ....................................... 3019817 FCSC FU
*LCF 750 new version ..................................... 3019377 Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
TU 750 old version ......................................... 2014068-01

*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube, Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
guide and rod. FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.5/12 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.5/13
TU and LCF 750 Mounts
MP FC Øa
A-A

14 (2x)
Ø 9 (2x) Ø 9 (2x)

20 -0.1
Øb

+0
12 (2x)
c

Ø 15 (2x) Ø 15 (2x)

a
b
M10

Note! Comes

f
e
complete with screws

f
to mount gas spring.

A
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Ød
5
A M10
Ø 20

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-750 75 56.5 FC-750 95 80 56.5 9 13 24

FCS Øa
FFC
a
b
b
c Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød e

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-750 80 70 56.5 9 13 24 FFC-750 75 56.5 80 9 24 12

Mounting Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,

S c
screw FU, FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Øa

Note! Support S is
designed to be used
in combination with
flanges mounted in
the U or C groove or
mount option B.
d
20

The mounting screw

(M8) should be
tightened with e
torque 25 Nm.
f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-750 50.4 20 40 40 130 110 10 9

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.5/13
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.5/14
TB 750
AP
PROVED TB springs have a larger gas volume than our standard
TU series.This reduces the pressure increase as the
Ø 25
piston rod is stroked. It also increases the service life of
97
/2 3/ E C
Thread for the spring.
maintenance, M8
TB springs are recommended for applications where a
low force increase is desirable. TB springs are also a

S
good choice for higher cycle rates and high volume
production.
21

3
Note! When ordering mounts for TB 750 springs,
R 2.5 a mount of a larger size than the spring must be used.

L min

L
5
7

G 1/8" charge port

8

Ø 75.2 ±0.1

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
TB 750-013 12.7 9500 120.4 107.7 0.06 3.05
TB 750-025 25 9000 145 120 0.10 3.15
TB 750-038 38.1 9000 171.2 133.1 0.14 3.35
90˚ TB 750-050 50 8900 195 145 0.17 3.50
TB 750-064 63.5 8800 222 158.5 0.22 3.75

M8 (4x), depth 12.5 mm TB 750-080 80 8800 255 175 0.27 3.95

7400
TB 750-100 100 8800 295 195 0.33 4.25
TB 750-125 125 8800 345 220 0.41 4.65
28.3
TB 750-160 160 8800 415 255 0.52 5.15
Ø 40 TB 750- 200 200 8800 495 295 0.64 5.65
TB 750- 250 250 8800 595 345 0.80 6.45
TB 750- 300 300 8800 695 395 0.95 7.25

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ............................................ Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure .................................... 25 bar
Operating temperature .................................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ....................... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ..................... ~ 40-80 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .................................... 1.6 m/s + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Body Ø + 1.0
Rod surface ..................................................... Nitrided + 0.5

Tube surface .................................................... Black oxide Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FFC, FAC, SA, S
Repair kits FCSC FU
*TB 750 new version ....................................... 3019235
Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
TB 750 old version .......................................... 2014068-05

*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube, Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
guide and rod. FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.5/14 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.5/15
TB 750 Mounts
MP FC Øa
A-A

14 (4x)
Ø 11 (4x) Ø 9 (4x)

-0.1
Øb

20 +0
12 (4x)
c

Ø 18 (4x) Ø 15 (4x)

a
b

f
Note! Comes

e
f
M20
complete with screws
to mount gas spring.

+ 1.0
A Body Ø + 0.5
Ød 5
A
Ø 40

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-1500 100 73.5 FC-1500 122 104 73.5 11 16 29

FCS Øa FFC a
b b
c Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5 e
Ød

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-1500 104 90 73.5 11 16 29 FFC-1500 100 73.5 104 11 24 12

c Mounting Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,

S screw FU, FAC, FCSC and SA, refer to chapter 3.

b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Øa

Note! Support S is
designed to be used
in combination with
flanges mounted in
the U or C groove or
d
20

attachment B.

The mounting screw

(M10) should be e
tightened with torque
52 Nm. f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-1500 75.4 22.5 52.5 52.5 160 137 11.5 11

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.5/15
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.5/16
SL 750
AP
PROVED This 750 spring has “inch-based” total length and stroke
length.
97
Ø 25 Thread for The SL 750 has a total length of 95 mm +(2 x stroke),
/2 3/ E C
maintenance, M8 the same length as for the TU 750.

S
17.5

3
R2 L min

5
L

R2
13

G 1/8" charge port

50.2 ±0.1

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C

M10 (2x), depth 12.5 mm S End L Gas vol. Weight

Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
SL 750-013 12.7 12000 120.4 107.7 0.03 1.30
SL 750-025 25.4 12000 145.8 120.4 0.04 1.40
SL 750-038 38.1 12000 171.2 133.1 0.06 1.60
SL 750-051 50.8 12000 196.6 145.8 0.07 1.70
SL 750-064 63.5 12000 222 158.5 0.09 1.80
7400
SL 750-076 76.2 12000 247.4 171.2 0.11 1.90
31.75
SL 750-089 88.9 12000 272.8 183.9 0.12 2.10
SL 750-102 101.6 12000 298.2 196.6 0.14 2.20
SL 750-114 114.3 12000 323.6 209.3 0.15 2.30
SL 750-127 127 12000 349 222 0.17 2.40
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ................................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .......................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ........................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ........................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature .............. +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ............ ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ........................... 1.6 m/s
Rod surface ............................................ Nitrided Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Tube surface ........................................... Yellow chromed Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5

Repair kits Drop - In B FC, FCS, FSL S

*SL 750 new version ............................... 3019377 Bottom FCSC Foot Body
SL 750 old version ................................. 2014068-01 thread Top Mount Mount Mount

*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube, Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities FCSC refer to
guide and rod. chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.5/16 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.5/17
SL 750 Mounts
FC Øa
FCS Øa
Øb b
c c

f
e

f
f

e
f
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
5
Ød

Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

FC-750 95 80 56.5 9 13 24 FCS-750 80 70 56.5 9 13 24

Mounting
FSL S c
screw

a
Øe
b b b
Note! Support S is

Øa
designed to be used
g

in combination with
h
i

flanges mounted in
the U or C groove or
mounting option B.
Øf d
20
Ø

The mounting screw

c
b
a

(M8) should be
tightened with e
torque 25 Nm.
f
j

Øh
Øh
d
30

30˚
g

Order No. a b Øc d Øe Øf g h i j Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh

FSL-750 76.2 53.9 76.2 35 16 11 11 25 29.6 25.7 S-750 50.4 20 40 40 130 110 10 9

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.5/17
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 Overview - 1000 ≤ FINIT < 2500

36 36
36

8.4
36

50
151.6 ( 101.6 + 2xStroke )

65
160 ( 110 + 2xStroke )

45

110 ( 60 + 2xStroke )

95 ( 45 + 2xStroke )
TU / TUR / LCF TB
1500 x 25 mm SL
1500 x 25 mm 1500 x 25 mm
K
1500 x 25 mm X
2400 x 25 mm

75 95 75 75 75
Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force
1500 daN 1500 daN 1500 daN 1500 daN 2400 daN

36

36
20 30

25
66
160 ( 110 + 2xStroke )

72

36
28 28
94 ( 44 + 2xStroke )

88 ( 38 + 2xStroke )

88 ( 38 + 2xStroke )

1000 x 25 mm

1800 x 25 mm
135

135

TU / TUR / LCF
CU

CU

1500 x 25 mm
X X XMS
1500 x 25 mm 1000 x 25 mm 1000 x 25 mm

75 63 50 38 50
M16

50
Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force
1500 daN 1500 daN 1000 daN 1000 daN 1000 daN 1800 daN

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
 1000 < FINIT < 2500
PROVED
AP

CU 1000 - 1800 Page 2.6/2

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

X 1000 and XMS 1000 Page 2.6/4

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

X 1500 Page 2.6/6

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

X 2400 Page 2.6/8 6

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

K 1500 Page 2.6/10

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TU and LCF 1500 Page 2.6/12

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TB 1500 Page 2.6/14

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

SL 1500 Page 2.6/16

97
/2 3/ E C

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.6/2
CU 1000 - 1800
PROVED ØB
AP The CU gas spring is a very compact Bore Sealed gas
spring, that gives a high force in a limited space.

S
The max. frequency for the spring is 100 strokes/minute.

0.5
97
/2 3/ E C
C

Springs with stroke lengths over 25 mm should always

R be attached to the tool, using a flange or the tapped

L min
holes in the bottom of the spring. We also recommend

L
R
shorter stroke springs to be fastened for optimal
service-life.
C

As an option, the CU springs can be delivered with a

E

ØA Side-Port plate (SP) for applications where a side-port is

needed (i.e. for use in hose systems).
M6 (2x)

6
Charge port
M6, CU 1000
ØD G 1/8”, CU 1800

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S L ØA Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial End force** ± 0.25 L min ± 0.1 ØB C ØD E R (l) (kg)
CU 1000-006 6 16000 61 55 0.014 0.3
CU 1000-010 10 16000 78 68 0.024 0.4
CU 1000-016 16 16000 100 84 0.036 0.5
CU 1000-025 25 10600 16000 135 110 37.9 20 10.5 17 6.5 1 0.056 0.6
CU 1000-032 32* 16000 167 135 0.074 0.7
CU 1000-040 40* 16000 195 155 0.092 0.8
CU 1000-050 50* 16000 230 180 0.110 0.9

CU 1800-006 6 25000 66 60 0.030 0.6

CU 1800-010 10 26000 80 70 0.044 0.7
CU 1800-016 16 26000 106 90 0.072 0.8
CU 1800-025 25 18000 27000 135 110 50.2 30 14.5 26 6.5 2 0.100 1.0
CU 1800-032 32* 27000 162 130 0.126 1.2
CU 1800-040 40* 28000 190 150 0.150 1.4
CU 1800-050 50* 29000 220 170 0.179 1.6
* = Should always be attached to the tool using the tapped holes in the bottom or a flange
** = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1 Drop-In FC/FCS
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen Flange
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar (at 20°C) mount
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C Body Ø + 1.0
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
+ 0.5
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~100 (at 20° C)
Max piston rod velocity .................. 0.5 m/s

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided

Tube surface .................................. Nitrided
Repair kit CU 1000 ........................ 2014493-0100 BFCU B SP
Repair kit CU 1800 ........................ 2014493-0180 Flange mount Bottom thread Side port

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.6/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.6/3
CU 1000 - 1800 Mounts
FC Øa FCS Øa
Øb
b
c
c

f
e

e
e

e
f

f
Ød
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5 + 1.0 Ød
Body Ø + 0.5

For model Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f For model Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

CU 1000 FC-250 68 56.5 40 7 9 15 CU 1000 FCS-250 56.5 52 40 7 9 15 6
CU 1800 FC-750 95 80 56.5 9 13 21 CU 1800 FCS-750 80 70 56.5 9 13 21

a
BFCU CU-SP 1000 M6 (2x)
b Note! CU SP-1000 has no
valve and can only be
pressurised through a hose

B
system and is therefore always
delivered uncharged.

45˚

11.5
B
B-B

It is also possible to order Side Ø 26

Port kit for attachment to old
springs.
d

G 1/8” port
Order No. SP 1000 kit.
4

20
Øc

10.5
4

Ø 38
For model Order N0. a b Øc d
For model Order No. For U-groove mounts on CU-SP
CU 1000 BFCU-1000 52 40 7 14.5
CU 1000 CU SP-1000 Refer to TU 250
CU 1800 BFCU-1800 70 56.5 9 19.5

CU-SP 1800 M6 (4x)

Note! CU SP-1800 has no

valve and can only be
B

pressurised through a hose

system and is therefore
always delivered uncharged.
45˚

11.5
B

It is also possible to order B-B

Side Port kit for attachment
to old springs. Ø 26
Order No. SP 1800 kit.
G 1/8” port
7

20
10.5
8

Ø 50.2

For model Order No. For U-groove mounts on CU-SP

CU 1800 CU SP-1800 Refer to TU 750

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.6/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.6/4
X 1000 and XMS 1000
Ø 28
AP
PROVED
Thread for maintenance, M6
The Power Line series are our shortest and most power-
ful Piston Rod Sealed gas springs, giving you a great
deal of force in a very small amount of space.
97
/2 3/ E C

S
These gas springs are available with forces from
170 daN up to 9500 daN and stroke lengths between
15.5

7 and 125 mm.

3
There is a side port for gas charging that can also be

L
R2

Lmin
used to connect to a hose system.
An upper C-groove, lower U-groove together with two
7

M8 threaded holes allow various mounting possibilities

using our standard mounts. Ø 28
8

The X 1000 model is

6

+0
Ø 50.2 - 0.2
M6 charge port also available
equipped with an M16

S
6 threaded tap for
M8 (2x), depth 6 mm
mounting. When

1
ordering this version

L min
XMS 1000-xxx must

L
be stated on the order

20

Force in N

6
at 150 bar/+20°C

19
S End L Gas vol. Weight M6 charg
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
X/XMS 1000-013 13 13800 64 51 0.03 0.52 M 16
X/XMS 1000-016 16 13800 70 54 0.04 0.54
Ø 50.2 ±0.2
X/XMS 1000-019 19 14000 76 57 0.04 0.56
X/XMS 1000-025 25 14200 88 63 0.05 0.61
X/XMS 1000-032 32 14300 102 70 0.06 0.66
5, depth 3 mm

X/XMS 1000-038 38 14500 114 76 0.07 0.71 Top view

9200
X/XMS 1000-050 50 14600 138 88 0.09 0.81
X/XMS 1000-063 63 14700 164 101 0.11 0.91
X/XMS 1000-075 75 14700 188 113 0.13 1.02
X/XMS 1000-080 80 14800 198 118 0.14 1.05
X/XMS 1000-100 100 14800 238 138 0.17 1.20
X/XMS 1000-125 125 14800 288 163 0.21 1.40
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar (at 20°C)
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
+ 1.0
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 50 to 100 (at 20°C) Body Ø + 0.5

Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FAC, SA, S, HM Threaded
FCSC FFC, FU
Stud
Bottom Top Body

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Mount Mount Foot Mount Mount

Tube surface .................................. Black oxide

Repair kit ........................................ 3018847 Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
FAC, SA and HM refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.6/4 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.6/5
X 1000 Mounts
A-A

14 (2x)
MP Ø 9 (2x) Ø 9 (2x) FC

20 -0.1
+0
Øa

12 (2x)
Øb

c
Ø 15 (2x) Ø 15 (2x)

a
b
M10

f
Note! Comes

e
f
complete with screws
to mount gas spring.

A
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A M10
Ø 20

Order No. a b
Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f 6
FC-750 95 80 56.5 9 13 22
MP-750 75 56.5

FCS FFC
Øa a
b b
c Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5 e
Ød

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-750 80 70 56.5 9 13 22 FFC-750 75 56.5 80 9 24 12

Mounting
Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
c
S screw FAC, SA and HM refer to chapter 3.

b b
Click here for Chapter 3 >>
Øa

Note! Support S is
designed to be used in
combination with
flanges mounted in the
d

U or C groove or
20

attachment B.

The mounting screw

e
(M8) should be
tightened with f
torque 25 Nm. Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-750 50.4 20 40 40 130 110 10 9

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.6/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.6/6
X 1500
PROVED
The Power Line series are our shortest and most power-
AP
ful Piston Rod Sealed gas springs, giving you a great
deal of force in a very small amount of space.
97 Ø 36
/2 3/ E C
Thread for maintenance, M6
These gas springs are available with forces from
170 daN up to 9500 daN and stroke lengths between
7 and 125 mm.
There is a side port for gas charging that can also be

S
used to connect to a hose system.
An upper C-groove, lower U-groove together with two
M8 threaded holes allow various mounting possibilities
3
19

using our standard mounts.

L
R2 L min

6
7
8

M6 charge port Force in N

Ø 63.2 ± 0.1
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
X 1500-013 13 24000 70 57 0.05 0.9
X 1500-016 16 24100 76 60 0.06 0.9
X 1500-019 19 24200 82 63 0.07 1.0
X 1500-025 25 24300 94 69 0.08 1.0
X 1500-032 32 23800 108 76 0.11 1.1
X 1500-038 38 23900 120 82 0.12 1.2
15000
X 1500-050 50 24000 144 94 0.15 1.3
M8 (2x), depth 6 mm X 1500-063 63 24100 170 107 0.19 1.4
X 1500-075 75 24200 194 119 0.22 1.4
20 X 1500-080 80 24200 204 124 0.24 1.4
X 1500-100 100 24300 244 144 0.29 1.9
X 1500-125 125 24300 294 169 0.36 2.2
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar (at 20°C)
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 50 to 100 (at 20°C)
Body Ø + 1.0
Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
+ 0.5

Drop - In B, MPX FCX, FCSC K, FFX

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount
Tube surface .................................. Black oxide Note!
Repair kit ........................................ 3020434 For dimensions on mounting possibility K and FCSC refer to
chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.6/6 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.6/7
X 1500 Mounts
A-A

12 (2x)
MPX Ø 11 (4x) Ø 9 (2x) FCX

20 -0.1
+0
Øa

12 (4x)
b
c
Ø 18 (4x) Ø 15 (2x)

a
b
M12
Note! Comes
complete with screws
to mount gas spring.

f
e
f
A

+ 1.0
A M12 Body Ø + 0.5
Ø 20 Ød

Order No. a b Order No. Øa b c Ød e f 6

MPX-1500 100 73.5 FCX-1500 104 90 73.5 11 16 27

Note! For dimensions on mounting possibility K and FCSC

FFX refer to chapter 3.
a
b
Ød Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Øc
b
a
f

Order No. a b Øc Ød e f
FFX-1500 100 73.5 104 11 24 12

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.6/7
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.6/8
X 2400
AP
PROVED The Power Line series are our shortest and most
Ø45 powerful Piston Rod Sealed gas springs, giving you a
Thread for maintenance, M6 great deal of force in a very small amount of space.
97
/2 3/ E C
These gas springs are available with forces from
170 daN up to 9500 daN and stroke lengths between
7 and 125 mm.

S
There is a side port for gas charging that can also be
used to connect to a hose system.
21

3
An upper C-groove, lower U-groove together with four
M8 threaded holes allow various mounting possibilities
R 2.5 using our standard mounts.

L
Lmin

6
7
8

Ø75.2 ± 0.1
M6 charge port

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
X 2400-016 16 38300 77 61 0.09 1.4
X 2400-019 19 38500 83 64 0.10 1.44
X 2400-025 25 38700 95 70 0.13 1.54
90˚

X 2400-032 32 38600 109 77 0.16 1.63

X 2400-038 38 38400 121 83 0.18 1.71
X 2400-050 50 24000 39200 145 95 0.23 1.89
X 2400-063 63 39200 171 108 0.28 2.09
X 2400-075 75 39200 195 120 0.33 2.30
X 2400-080 80 39200 205 125 0.35 2.35
28.3 M8 (4x), depth 6 mm X 2400-100 100 39300 245 145 0.43 2.66
Ø 40
X 2400-125 125 39300 295 170 0.54 3.04

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar (at 20°C)
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Body Ø + 1.0
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 40 to 100 (at 20°C) Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
+ 0.5

Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s

Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FAC, SA, S, HM
FCSC FFC,FU
Rod surface .................................... Nitrided
Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
Tube surface .................................. Black oxide
Repair kit ........................................ 3018848 Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
FAC, SA, FCSC and HM refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.6/8 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.6/9
X 2400 Mounts
A-A
MP FC

14 (4x)
Ø 11 (4x) Ø 9 (4x)

-0.1
20 +0
Øa

12 (4x)
Øb

Ø 18 (4x) Ø 15 (4x) c
Note! Comes
complete with screws a
to mount gas spring. b

M20

f
e
f
A + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A
Ø 40

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f 6

MP-1500 100 73.5 FC-1500 122 104 73.5 11 16 29

FCS FFC
Øa a

b b
Ød
c

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0 e
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-1500 104 90 73.5 11 16 29 FFC-1500 100 73.5 104 11 24 12

Mounting
Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
c
S screw FAC, SA, FCSC and HM refer to chapter 3.

b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Øa

Note! Support S is
designed to be used in
combination with
flanges mounted in the
U or C groove or
d
20

attachment B.

The mounting screw

e
(M10) should be
tightened with f
torque 52 Nm. Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-1500 75.4 22.5 52.5 52.5 160 137 11.5 11

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.6/9
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.6/10
K 1500
AP
PROVED This is a short height hoseable spring with an initial force
of 15000 N.
97
/2 3/ E C
Ø 36 Thread for The K 1500 has a total length of 60 mm + (2 x stroke).
maintenance, M8 This spring is 50 mm shorter than the TU 1500.

S
21

L min
R 1.6

L
7

6
8

Ø 75.2 ± 0.1 G 1/8" charge Port

M8 (4x), depth 13 mm

Force in N
90˚ at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
K 1500-025 25 24000 110 85 0.10 2.05
K 1500-038 38.1 23000 136.2 98.1 0.14 2.35
28.3
K 1500-050 50 23000 160 110 0.18 2.50
Ø 40 15000
K 1500-064 63.5 23000 187 123.5 0.22 2.75
K 1500-080 80 23000 220 140 0.27 3.05
K 1500-100 100 23000 260 160 0.34 3.40

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
+ 1.0
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C) Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Body Ø + 0.5

Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s

Drop - In B, MP FK, K, KU, FAC, SA, S
Bottom FCSC FFC, FU
Rod surface .................................... Nitrided
Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
Tube surface .................................. Black oxide
Repair kit ........................................ 3017230-1500 Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.6/10 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.6/11
K 1500 Mounts
MP A-A
FK Øa

14 (4x)
Ø 11 (4x) Ø 9 (4x)

-0.1
20 +0
b

12 (4x)
c

Ø 18 (4x) Ø 15 (4x)

a
b

f
Note! Comes M20

e
f
complete with screws
to mount gas spring.

A + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A
Ø 40

Order No. a b Order No. Øa b c Ød e f 6

MP-1500 100 73.5 FK-1500 104 90 73.5 11 16 29

c Mounting
FFC S screw
a
b
Ød b b

Øa
Note! Support S is
designed to be used in
combination with
flanges mounted in the

d
U or C groove or

20
Øc mounting option B.
b
a
f

The mounting screw e

(M10) should be
tightened with f
torque 52 Nm. Øh
Øh
30

e
g

Order No. a b Øc Ød e f Order No. Øa b c d e f g Øh

FFC-1500 100 73.5 104 11 24 12 S-1500 75.4 22.5 52.5 52.5 160 137 11.5 11

Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,

FU, FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

Click here for Chapter 3 >>

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.6/11
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.6/12
TU and LCF 1500
TU series
Ø 36 Thread for The standard line of gas springs is the TU line.
maintenance, M8 Sizes 250 to 10 000 correspond to the ISO 11901 standard for gas
PROVED
springs. Sizes 750 to 7500 correspond to FORD’s WDX3560, GM’s

S
AP
M-1500 and Renault’s automotive gas spring standards. When ordering a
Renault standard gas spring add an R to the Order No. (for example:
21

TUR 1500-xxx).

3
97
/2 3/ E C
For more information, see “Automotive Standards” 2.17/2
R 2.5
LCF series

L min
Low Contact Force (LCF) gas springs are designed to reduce exessive

L
shock loads, high noise levels and extreme pad bounce, all factors that
lead to high press maintenance costs and noise pollution. For more
information see “About Gas Springs” 2.1/2.
Force vs Stroke for LCF 1500 Springs
7

End force*
(see table)

re
ressu
G 1/8" charge port harge
P
8

Ø 75.2 ±0.1 Full C End force*

at min.
6 15 000
charge

Force (N)
M8 (4x), depth 13 mm arge P
ressu
re* pressure
um Ch
Minim

90˚
7 000

28.3 0 Full
Spring Travel (mm) Stroke
Ø 40 4.6

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C TU, TUR och LCF 1500 gas springs are also
Gas available with double charging ports. When
S End L vol. Weight ordering this type, add a D to the Order No.
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg) For example: TUD 1500-xxx
TU/LCF 1500-025 25 23000 160 135 0.10 3.75 4
TU/LCF 1500-038 38.1 23000 186.2 148.1 0.15 3.95 Note! TUD, TURD and LCFD 1500 gas springs
contain no valve and can only be pressurised
TU/LCF 1500-050 50 23000 210 160 0.18 4.15 4 through connection to a hose system and
TU/LCF 1500-064 63.5 23000 237 173.5 0.22 4.40 therefore are always delivered uncharged.
TU/LCF 1500-080 80 23000 270 190 0.28 4.70 4
TU/LCF 1500-100 100 15000 23000 310 210 0.34 5.10 4 TUD 1500 example
TU/LCF 1500-125 125 23000 360 235 0.42 5.55 4
TU/LCF 1500-160 160 23000 430 270 0.53 6.25 4
TU/LCF 1500-200 200 23000 510 310 0.68 6.90
TU/LCF 1500-250 250 23000 610 360 0.81 7.80
TU/LCF 1500-300 300 23000 710 410 0.96 8.90
G 1/8" charge ports
* = at full stroke
* = at full stroke
BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES
For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure (TU 1500) ................. 25 bar
Min. charging pressure (LCF 1500) ............... 105 bar
Operating temperature ................................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ..................... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ................... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Body Ø + 1.0
Max piston rod velocity .................................. 1.6 m/s + 1.0
Body Ø +
+ 0.5
0.5
Rod surface .................................................... Nitrided
Tube surface ................................................... Black oxide Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FFC, FAC, SA, S, HM
Repair kits FCSC FU
TU 1500 .......................................................... 2014068-02
Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
LCF 1500 ........................................................ 3019378
Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
FAC, SA, FCSC and HM refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.6/12 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.6/13
TU and LCF 1500 Mounts
* = According to updated ISO 11901 standard
MP FC Øa
* A-A

14 (4x)
Ø 11 (4x) Ø 9 (4x)

-0.1
20 +0
Øb

12 (4x)
c
Ø 18 (4x) Ø 15 (4x)

a
b

Note! Comes

f
M20

e
complete with screws

f
to mount gas spring.

A + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A
Ø 40

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f 6

MP-1500 100 73.5 FC-1500 122 104 73.5 11 16 29

FCS Øa FFC
a
b
c b
Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød e

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-1500 104 90 73.5 11 16 29 FFC-1500 100 73.5 104 11 24 12

S c Mounting Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,

screw FU, FAC, SA, FCSC and HM refer to chapter 3.

Note! Support S is b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Øa

designed to be used in
combination with
flanges mounted in the
U or C groove or
mounting option B.
d
20

The mounting screw

(M10) should be
tightened with
torque 52 Nm. e

f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-1500 75.4 22.5 52.5 52.5 160 137 11.5 11

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.6/13
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.6/14
TB 1500
AP
PROVED TB springs have a larger gas volume than our standard
Ø 36 TU series.This reduces the pressure increase as the
Thread for piston rod is stroked. It also increases the service life of
97
/2 3/ E C maintenance, M8
the spring.
TB springs are recommended for applications where a

S
low force increase is desirable. TB springs are also a
good choice for higher cycle rates and high volume
24

3
production.
R 2.5
Note! When ordering mounts for TB 1500 springs,
a mount of a larger size than the spring must be used.

L min

L
7

6
G 1/8" charge Port
8

Ø 95.2 ±0.1

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
TB 1500-025 25 19000 160 135 0.17 6.05
TB 1500-038 38.1 19000 186.2 148.1 0.23 6.25
TB 1500-050 50 19000 210 160 0.29 6.65
90˚
TB 1500-064 63.5 19000 237 173.5 0.36 6.95
TB 1500-080 80 19000 270 190 0.44 7.35

M8 (4x), depth 13 mm TB 1500-100 100 15000 19000 310 210 0.54 7.90
TB 1500-125 125 19000 360 235 0.67 8.45
42.4 TB 1500-160 160 19000 430 270 0.85 9.35
Ø 60 TB 1500-200 200 19000 510 310 1.05 10.25
TB 1500-250 250 19000 610 360 1.30 11.45
TB 1500-300 300 19000 710 410 1.55 12.65

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ................................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ................................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ..................... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ................... ~ 40-80 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .................................. 1.6 m/s Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Rod surface .................................................... Nitrided
Tube surface ................................................... Black oxide Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FAC, SA, S
Repair kits FCSC FFC, FU
* TB 1500 new version ................................... 3019236
Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
TB 1500 old version ...................................... 2014068-06

*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube, Note! For dimension on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
guide and rod. FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.6/14 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.6/15
TB 1500 Mounts
MP FC Øa
A-A

14 (4x)
Ø 13.5 (4x) Ø 9 (4x)

-0.1
Øb

20 +0
13 (4x)
c

Ø 20 (4x) Ø 15 (4x)

a
b

f
Note! Comes

e
M20

f
complete with screws
to mount gas spring.

+ 1.0
A Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A
Ø 60

Order No. a b Order No. Øa Øb c Ød e f 6

MP-3000 120 92 FC-3000 150 130 92 13.5 18 33

FCS Øa FFC
a
b
c b
Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød e

Order No. Øa b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-3000 130 110 92 13.5 18 33 FFC-3000 120 92 130 13.5 24 12

Mounting Note! For dimension on mounting possibilities K, KU,

S c
screw FU, FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Øa

Note! Support S is
designed to be used in
combination with
flanges mounted in the
U or C groove or
d

mounting option B.
20

The mounting screw

(M12) should be
e
tightened with
torque 91 Nm.
f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Øa b c d e f g Øh
S-3000 95.4 25 67.5 62.5 195 170 1.5 13

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.6/15
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.6/16
SL 1500
AP
PROVED This 1500 spring has “inch-based” total length and stroke
length.
Ø 36
97
Thread for The SL 1500 has a total length of 101.6 mm + (2 x stroke).
/2 3/ E C
maintenance, M8

S
21

3
R 2.5

L min

6 R 2.5
13

Ø 75.2 ±0.1 G 1/8" charge Port

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
SL 1500-013 12.7 25000 127 114.3 0.06 3.3
M12 (4x), depth 13 mm
SL 1500-025 25.4 22000 152.4 127 0.10 3.5
SL 1500-038 38.1 22000 177.8 139.7 0.14 3.8
SL 1500-051 50.8 22000 203.2 152.4 0.18 4.0
SL 1500-064 63.5 22000 228.6 165.1 0.22 4.3
SL 1500-076 76.2 15000 22000 254 177.8 0.26 4.5
SL 1500-089 88.9 22000 279.4 190.5 0.30 4.7
SL 1500-102 101.6 23000 304.8 203.2 0.34 5.0
SL 1500-114 114.3 23000 330.2 215.9 0.38 5.2
38.1
SL 1500-127 127 23000 355.6 228.6 0.42 5.5
Ø 53.9
SL 1500-140 139.7 23000 381 241.3 0.46 5.7
SL 1500-152 152.4 23000 406.4 254 0.50 6.0

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ................................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ................................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ..................... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ................... 1.6 m/s
Rod surface .................................................... Nitrided
Tube surface ................................................... Yellow chromed Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5

Repair kits Drop - In B FC, FCS, FSL S

SL 1500 ........................................................... 2014979-1500
Bottom FCSC Foot Body
thread Top Mount Mount Mount

Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities FCSC refer

to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.6/16 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.6/17
SL 1500 Mounts
FC Øa FCS Øa
Øb b
c
c

f
e
f

e
f
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
+ 1.0
Ød Body Ø + 0.5
Ød

Order No. Øa Øb c Ød e f Order No. Øa b c Ød e f 6

FC-1500 122 104 73.5 11 16 29 FCS-1500 104 90 73.5 11 16 29

Mounting
FSL S c
screw
a
Øe
b
b b
Note! Support S is

Øa
g

designed to be used in
h
i

combination with
flanges mounted in the
U or C groove or
Øf
mounting optionv B.
d
Ø

20
c
b
a

The mounting screw

(M10) should be
tightened with e
torque 52 Nm.
j

f
Øh
d Øh
30

30˚

Order No. a b Øc d Øe Øf g h i j Order No. Øa b c d e f g Øh

FSL-1500 101.6 76.2 107.8 49 20 13.5 13 25 33.6 25.7 S-1500 75.4 22.5 52.5 52.5 160 137 11.5 11

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.6/17
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 Overview - 2500 ≤ FINIT < 5000

50 50

18.4
50

50

50
170 ( 120 + 2xStroke )

151.6 ( 101.6 + 2xStroke )

120 ( 70 + 2xStroke )
TU / TUR / LCF TB
3000 x 25 mm 3000 x 25 mm SL
3000 x 25 mm K
3000 x 25 mm

95 120 95 95
Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force
3000 daN 3000 daN 3000 daN 3000 daN

50

45 50

35
40
62

60
170 ( 120 + 2xStroke )

108 ( 58 + 2xStroke )

TU / TUR / LCF
135
130

3000 x 25 mm CU
CU
2900 x 25 mm 4700 x 25 mm
X
4200 x 25 mm

95 95 63 75
Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force Initial Force
3000 daN 4200 daN 2900 daN 4700 daN

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
 2500 < FINIT < 5000
PROVED
AP

CU 2900 Page 2.7/2

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

CU 4700 Page 2.7/4

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

X 4200 Page 2.7/6

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

K 3000 Page 2.7/8

97
/2 3/ E C

AP
PROVED
7
TU and LCF 3000 Page 2.7/10
97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TB 3000 Page 2.7/12

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

SL 3000 Page 2.7/14

97
/2 3/ E C

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.7/2
CU 2900
AP
PROVED The CU gas spring is a very compact Bore Sealed gas
spring, that gives a high force in a limited space.
Ø 45
97
/2 3/ E C Springs with stroke lengths over 25 mm should always
be attached to the tool, using a flange or the tapped
holes in the bottom of the spring. We also recommend

S
shorter stroke springs to be fastened for optimal

1
service-life.
As an option, this CU spring can be delivered with a
18

Side-Port plate (SP) for applications where a side-port is

needed (i.e. for use in hose systems).
R2

L
L min

7
11 (2X)

R2
9 (2X)
18

Ø 63.2 ±0.1

Force in N
M8 (4x) M6 Charge Port at 150 bar/+20°C
Gas
S End L vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force** ± 0.25 L m in (l) (kg)
CU 2900-010 10 38500 85 75 0.08 1.1
CU 2900-016 16 41000 103 87 0.12 1.3
CU 2900-025 25 29500 43000 130 105 0.16 1.5
CU 2900-032 32* 44200 150 118 0.20 1.6
CU 2900-040 40* 45200 175 135 0.24 1.8
CU 2900-050 50* 45800 205 155 0.29 2.1

* = Should always be attached to the tool using the tapped holes in

Ø 34 the bottom or a flange
** = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar (at 20° C)
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20° C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 80-100 (at 20°C) Body Ø + 1.0
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
+ 0.5
Max piston rod velocity .................. 0.5 m/s
Drop-In FCX B SP
Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Bottom Side port
Flange
Tube surface .................................. Nitrided thread
mount
Repair kit ........................................ 2014493-0290

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.7/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.7/3
CU 2900 Mounts
M8 (4x)
FCX CU-SP 2900
Øa

b It is also possible to B-B

11.5
order Side Port kit for
c attachment to old

Ø 34
springs.

Order No. SP 2900 kit.

45˚
f
e
f

G 1/8” port

7
+ 1.0

20
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød

10.4
Ø 63.2

Order No. Øa b c Ød e f For model Order No. For U-groove mounts on CU-SP
FCX-1500 104 90 73.5 11 16 27 CU 2900 CU SP-2900 Refer to X 1500

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.7/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.7/4
CU 4700
AP
PROVED ØB The CU gas spring is a very compact Bore Sealed gas
spring, that gives a high force in a limited space.
The max. frequency for the spring is 100 strokes/minute.

S
97
/2 3/ E C
Springs with stroke lengths over 25 mm should always

0.5
be attached to the tool, using a flange or the tapped
C

holes in the bottom of the spring. We also recommend

R
shorter stroke springs to be fastened for optimal

L min
service-life.

L
R As an option, the CU springs can be delivered with a
Side-Port plate (SP) for applications where a side-port is
C

needed (i.e. for use in hose systems).

ØA E

G 1/8” charge port

M8 (4x)
7

ØD

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
Gas
S End L ØA vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force** ± 0.25 L min ± 0.1 ØB C ØD E R (l) (kg)
CU 4700-010 10 67000 80 70 0.10 1.4
CU 4700-016 16 66000 106 90 0.17 1.7
CU 4700-025 25 68000 135 110 0.24 2.0
47000 75.2 50 18 40 9 1.5
CU 4700-032 32* 67000 167 135 0.32 2.4
CU 4700-040 40* 67000 200 160 0.41 2.8
CU 4700-050 50* 67000 240 190 0.52 3.3
* = Should always be attached to the tool using the tapped holes in the bottom or a flange
** = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1 Drop-In FK
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen Flange
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar (at 20°C) mount
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C Body Ø + 1.0
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
+ 0.5
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~80 to 100 (at 20° C)
Max piston rod velocity .................. 0.5 m/s

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided

Tube surface .................................. Nitrided
Repair kit CU 4700 ........................ 2014493-0470 BFP B SP
Flange mount Bottom thread Side port

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.7/4 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.7/5
CU 4700 Mounts
FK BFP a
Øa
b b

f
e

d
e

Body Ø
+ 1.0 Ød
+ 0.5
Øc

For model Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f For model Order No. a b Øc d

CU 4700 FK-1500 104 90 73.5 11 16 26 CU 4700 BFP-4700 90 73.5 11 24.5

Note! For spring of earlier version with R=2.5 FCS 1500 Note! BF flange for earlier version with R=2.5 is obsolete. 7
respective FCS 3000 should be used. Please contact your local distributor for more information.
Please contact your local distributor for more information.

CU-SP 4700 M8 (4x)

B B
It is also possible to
order Side Port kit for
B-B
11.5

attachment to old
Ø 40

springs.

Order No. SP 4700 kit.

45˚

Valve

G 1/8” port
7

20
8

10.4

Ø 75.2

For model Order No. For U-groove mounts on CU-SP

CU 4700 CU SP-4700 Refer to TU 1500

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.7/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.7/6
X 4200
The Power Line series are our shortest and most power-
PROVED
AP
ful Piston Rod Sealed gas springs, giving you a great
Ø 60 deal of force in a very small amount of space.
Thread for maintenance, M8
97
/2 3/ E C These gas springs are available with forces from
170 daN up to 9500 daN and stroke lengths between

S
7 and 125 mm.
There is a side port for gas charging that can also be
24

3
used to connect to a hose system.
An upper C-groove, lower U-groove together with four
R 2.5 M8 threaded holes allow various mounting possibilities

L
Lmin
using our standard mounts.
7

7
10.5
8

Ø 95.2 ± 0.1
G 1/8" charge port

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
X 4200-016 16 61700 90 74 0.15 2.60
X 4200-019 19 63700 96 77 0.18 2.70
X 4200-025 25 60800 108 83 0.26 2.90
90˚

X 4200-032 32 64300 122 90 0.30 3.05

X 4200-038 38 65800 134 96 0.32 3.20
X 4200-050 50 42000 67000 158 108 0.40 3.50
X 4200-063 63 67800 184 121 0.49 3.80
X 4200-075 75 68000 208 133 0.58 4.20
X 4200-080 80 68600 218 138 0.61 4.40
42.4 M8 (4x), depth 12 mm X 4200-100 100 69100 258 158 0.74 4.90
Ø 60 X 4200-125 125 69600 308 183 0.91 5.40

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar (at 20°C)
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Body Ø + 1.0

Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 30 to 100 (at 20°C) + 1.0

Body Ø + 0.5
+ 0.5

Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FFC, FAC, SA, S, HM
FCSC FU
Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
Tube surface .................................. Black oxide
Repair kit ........................................ 3018849 Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
FAC, FCSC, SA and HM refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.7/6 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.7/7
X 4200 Mounts
A-A
MP FC

14 (4x)
Ø 13.5 (4x) Ø 9 (4x)

-0.1
20 +0
Øa

13 (4x)
Øb

Ø 15 (4x) c
Ø 20 (4x)
Note! Comes
complete with screws a
to mount gas spring. b

M20

f
e
f
A + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A
Ø 60

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-3000 120 92 FC-3000 150 130 92 13.5 18 33

7
FCS FFC
Øa a

b b
Ød
c

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0 e
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-3000 130 110 92 13.5 18 33 FFC-3000 120 92 130 13.5 24 12

Mounting
Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
c
S screw FAC, FCSC, SA and HM refer to chapter 3.

b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Øa

Note! Support S is
designed to be used in
combination with
flanges mounted in the
U or C groove or
d
20

attachment B.

The mounting screw

(M12) should be e
tightened with
torque 91 Nm.
f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-3000 95.4 25 67.5 62.5 195 170 12.5 13

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.7/7
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.7/8
K 3000
AP
PROVED This is a short height hoseable spring with an initial
force of 30 000 N.
97
/2 3/ E C
Ø 50
Thread for The K 3000 has a total length of 70 mm + (2 x stroke).
maintenance, M8 This spring is 50 mm shorter than the TU 3000.

S
24

3
R 1.5
L min

L
t 00
u
o X 42
7

e d e:
s iv
7
8

G 1/8" charge port

t
Ø 95.2 ± 0.1

ha rn a
M8 (4x), depth 13 mm p te al
g
n ed Force in N

ei d Order No.
S
Stroke
at 150 bar/+20°C

Initial
End
force*
L
± 0.25 L min
Gas vol. Weight
(l) (kg)

B men 90˚ K 3000-025

K 3000-038
K 3000-050
K 3000-064
25
38.1
50
63.5
30000
47000
48000
48000
48000
120
146.2
170
197
95
108.1
120
133.5
0.16
0.23
0.29
0.35
3.95
4.37
4.75
5.20

om 42.4
K 3000-080
K 3000-100
80
100
48000
48000
230
270
150
170
0.44
0.54
5.70
6.40

c Ø 60

re
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Body Ø + 1.0
Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C) Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
+ 0.5

Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s

Drop - In B, MP FK, FCSC K, KU, FAC, SA, S
Bottom FFC, FU
Rod surface .................................... Nitrided
Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
Tube surface ................................... Black oxide
Repair kit ........................................ 3017230-3000 Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU
FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.7/8 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.7/9
K 3000 Mounts
MP FK Øa
A-A

14 (4x)
Ø 13.5 (4x) Ø 9 (4x)

-0.1
20 +0
b

13 (4x)
c

Ø 20 (4x) Ø 15 (4x)

a
b

Note! Comes M20

f
e
complete with screws

f
to mount gas spring.

A
+ 1.0
A
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
Ø 60

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

MP-3000 120 92 FK-3000 130 110 92 13.5 18 33

Mounting
7
c
FFC S screw
a
b
Ød b b

Øa
Note! Support S is
designed to be used
in combination with
flanges mounted in
the U or C groove or

d
mounting option B.
Øc
20
b
a

The mounting screw

f

(M12) should be
e
tightened with
torque 91 Nm.
f
Øh
Øh
30

e
g

Order No. a b Øc Ød e f Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh

FFC-3000 120 92 130 13.5 24 12 S-3000 95.4 25 67.5 62.5 195 170 12.5 13

Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,

FU FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

Click here for Chapter 3 >>

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.7/9
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.7/10
TU and LCF 3000
Ø 50 TU series
Thread for
maintenance, M8 The standard line of gas springs is the TU line.
Sizes 250 to 10 000 correspond to the ISO 11901 standard for gas
springs. Sizes 750 to 7500 correspond to FORD’s WDX3560, GM’s

S
PROVED
AP
M-1500 and Renault’s automotive gas spring standards. When ordering a
24 Renault standard gas spring add an R to the Order No. (for example:

3
97
TUR 3000-xxx). For more information, see “Automotive Standards” 2.17/2
/2 3/ E C
R 2.5
LCF series
Low Contact Force (LCF) gas springs are designed to reduce exessive

L min
shock loads, high noise levels and extreme pad bounce, all factors that

L
lead to high press maintenance costs and noise pollution. For more
information see “About Gas Springs” 2.1/2.

Force vs Stroke for LCF 3000 Springs

7

End force*
(see table)

re
Pressu
G 1/8" charge port harge
8

Full C
Ø 95.2 ±0.1 End force*
30 000 at min.
charge

Force (N)
re*
ressu pressure
M8 (4x), depth 13 mm um Ch
arge P
Minim

7
90˚ 16 000

0 Full
42.4 3.8
Spring Travel (mm) Stroke
Ø 60
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C TU, TUR och LCF 3000 gas springs are also
available with double charging ports. When
S End L Gas vol. Weight ordering this type, add a D to the Order No.
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg) For example: TUD 3000-xxx
TU/LCF 3000-025 25 42000 170 145 0.20 6.35 4
TU/LCF 3000-038 38.1 43000 196.2 158.1 0.26 6.75 Note! TUD, TURD and LCFD 3000 gas springs
have two valves and are delivered charged.
TU/LCF 3000-050 50 44000 220 170 0.32 7.50 4
TU/LCF 3000-064 63.5 45000 247 183.5 0.38 7.70
TU/LCF 3000-080 80 46000 280 200 0.46 8.10 4 TUD 3000 example
TU/LCF 3000-100 100 30000 47000 320 220 0.56 8.85 4
TU/LCF 3000-125 125 47000 370 245 0.69 9.90 4
TU/LCF 3000-160 160 47000 440 280 0.87 10.80 4 Two valves
TU/LCF 3000-200 200 48000 520 320 1.07 12.20
TU/LCF 3000-250 250 48000 620 370 1.32 13.70
TU/LCF 3000-300 300 48000 720 420 1.57 15.30
Charge port G 1/8"
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ....................................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ............................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure (TU 3000) ............. 25 bar
Min. charging pressure (LCF 3000) ........... 70 bar
Operating temperature ................................ 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ................... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ................ ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .............................. 1.6 m/s Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Rod surface ................................................ Nitrided + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5

Tube surface ............................................... Black oxide Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FFC, FAC, SA, S, HM
Repair kits
* TU 3000 new version ............................... 3019025 FCSC FU, FX
* LCF 3000 new version ............................. 3019379 Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
TU 3000 old version ................................. 2014068-03
LCF 3000 old version ............................... 3019132 Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube,
guide and rod. FAC, FCSC, SA and HM refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.7/10 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.7/11
TU and LCF 3000 Mounts
MP FC Øa
A-A

14 (4x)
Ø 13.5 (4x) Ø 9 (4x)

-0.1
20 +0
Øb

13 (4x)
c

Ø 20 (4x) Ø 15 (4x)

a
b

f
Note! Comes M20

e
f
complete with screws
to mount gas spring.

A + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A
Ø 60

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-3000 120 92 FC-3000 150 130 92 13.5 18 33

7
FCS FFC
Øa
a
b
b
c
Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød e

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-3000 130 110 92 13.5 18 33 FFC-3000 120 92 130 13.5 24 12

Mounting Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,

S c
screw FU, FAC, FCSC, SA and HM refer to chapter 3.

b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Øa

Note! Support S is
designed to be used
in combination with
flanges mounted in
the U or C groove or
mounting option B.
d
20

The mounting screw

(M12) should be
tightened with e
torque 91 Nm.
f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-3000 95.4 25 67.5 62.5 195 170 12.5 13

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.7/11
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.7/12
TB 3000
AP
PROVED TB springs have a larger gas volume than our standard
TU series.This reduces the pressure increase as the
Ø 50 Thread for piston rod is stroked. It also increases the service life of
97
/2 3/ E C maintenance, M8 the spring.
TB springs are recommended for applications where a

S
low force increase is desirable. TB springs are also a
good choice for higher cycle rates and high volume
25.5

production.

3
R 2.5 Note! When ordering mounts for TB 3000 springs,
a mount of a larger size than the spring must be used.

L min

L
7

7
G 1/8" charge port
8

Ø 120.2 ±0.1

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
TB 3000-025 25 39000 170 145 0.25 10.65
90˚
TB 3000-038 38.1 39000 196.2 158.1 0.36 11.25
TB 3000-050 50 39000 220 170 0.45 11.65
TB 3000-064 63.5 40000 247 183.5 0.55 12.30
M10 (4x), depth 13 mm
TB 3000-080 80 40000 280 200 0.68 13.00
TB 3000-100 100 30000 39000 320 220 0.83 13.70
56.6
TB 3000-125 125 39000 370 245 1.03 14.75
Ø 80 TB 3000-160 160 39000 440 280 1.30 16.05
TB 3000-200 200 39000 520 320 1.62 17.75
TB 3000-250 250 39000 620 370 2.01 19.80
TB 3000-300 300 39000 720 420 2.41 21.85

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium .................................. Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .......................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ........................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ........................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature .............. +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ........... ~ 40-80 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ......................... 1.6 m/s + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Body Ø + 1.0
Rod surface ................................................ Nitrided + 0.5

Tube surface ............................................... Black oxide Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FFC, FAC, SA, S
Repair kits FCSC FU
*TB 3000 new version ................................ 3019237
Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
TB 3000 old version ................................... 2014068-07

*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube, Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
guide and rod. FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.7/12 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.7/13
TB 3000 Mounts
MP FC Øa
A-A

15 (4x)
Ø 13.5 (4x) Ø 11 (4x)

-0.1
20 +0
Øb

13
Ø 20 (4x) Ø 18 (4x)

a
b

f
Note! Comes M20

e
f
complete with screws
to mount gas spring.

A + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A
Ø 80

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-5000 140 109.5 FC-5000 175 155 109.5 13.5 21 36

7
FCS Øa FFC
a
b
b
c
Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød e

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-5000 155 130 109.5 13.5 21 36 FFC-5000 140 109.5 155 13.5 24 12

Mounting Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,

S c
screw FU, FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Note! Support S is
Øa

designed to be used
in combination with
flanges mounted in
the U or C groove or
mounting option B.
d
20

The mounting screw

(M12) should be
tightened with e
torque 91 Nm.
f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-5000 120.4 27.5 77.5 74 220 195 12.5 13

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.7/13
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.7/14
SL 3000
AP
PROVED The SL 3000 spring has an “inch-based” total length and
Ø 50
Thread for stroke length.
maintenance, M8
97
/2 3/ E C The SL 3000 has a total length of 101.6 mm + (2 x stroke).

S
24

3
R 2.5

L min

R 2.5
13.2

7
Force in N
Ø 95.2 ±0.1 G 1/8" charge port at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
SL 3000-013 12.7 43000 127 114.3 0.11 5.50
SL 3000-025 25.4 45000 152.4 127 0.17 5.90
M12 (4x), depth 12.5 mm
SL 3000-038 38.1 46000 177.8 139.7 0.23 6.30
SL 3000-051 50.8 48000 203.2 152.4 0.29 6.60
SL 3000-064 63.5 49000 228.6 165.1 0.35 7.00
SL 3000-076 76.2 49000 254 177.8 0.41 7.40
SL 3000-089 88.9 49000 279.4 190.5 0.48 7.70
30000
SL 3000-102 101.6 49000 304.8 203.2 0.54 8.10
SL 3000-114 114.3 49000 330.2 215.9 0.61 8.50
SL 3000-127 127 49000 355.6 228.6 0.67 8.90
53.9
SL 3000-140 139.7 49000 381 241.3 0.73 9.20
Ø 76.2
SL 3000-152 152.4 49000 406.4 254 0.80 9.60
SL 3000-165 165.1 49000 431.8 266.7 0.86 10.00
SL 3000-178 177.8 49000 457.2 279.4 0.93 10.40

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium .................................. Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .......................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ........................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ........................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature .............. +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ........... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ......................... 1.6 m/s
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Rod surface ........................................... Nitrided Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5

Tube surface .......................................... Yellow chromed

Drop - In B FC, FCS, FSL S
Repair kits
* SL 3000 new version .......................... 4019339 Bottom FCSC Foot Body
SL 3000 old version ............................. 2014979-3000 thread Top Mount Mount Mount

*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube, Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities FCSC refer
guide and rod. to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.7/14 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.7/15
SL 3000 Mounts
FC Øa FCS Øa
Øb b
c c

f
e

f
f

e
f
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Ød

Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

FC-3000 150 130 92 13.5 18 33 FCS-3000 130 110 92 13,5 18 33

7
Mounting
FSL S c
screw
a
Øe
b
b b

Øa
g

Note! Support S is
h

designed to be used
i

in combination with
flanges mounted in
Øf the U or C groove or
d
mounting option B.
Ø

20
c
b
a

The mounting screw

(M12) should be
tightened with e
j

torque 91 Nm.
f
Øh
d Øh
30

30˚

Order No. a b Øc d Øe Øf g h i j Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh

FSL-3000 127 98.3 139 61 20 13.5 13 25 33.6 25.7 S-3000 95.4 25 67.5 62.5 195 170 12.5 13

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.7/15
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 Overview - 5000 ≤ FINIT < 7500

65 65
190 ( 140 + 2xStroke )

TU / TUR / LCF TB
5000 x 25 mm 5000 x 25 mm

120 150
Initial Force Initial Force
5000 daN 5000 daN

65
38.4

72

75
151.6 ( 101.6 + 2xStroke )

118 ( 68 + 2xStroke )

SL
5000 x 25 mm X
6600 x 25 mm

120 120
Initial Force Initial Force
5000 daN 6630 daN

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
 5000 < FINIT < 7500
PROVED
AP

X 6600 Page 2.8/2

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TU and LCF 5000 Page 2.8/4

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TB 5000 Page 2.8/6

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

SL 5000 Page 2.8/8

97
/2 3/ E C

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.8/2
X 6600
The Power Line series are our shortest and most
PROVED
AP
powerful Piston Rod Sealed gas springs, giving you a
Ø 75
great deal of force in a very small amount of space.
97
Thread for maintenance, M8
/2 3/ E C These gas springs are available with forces from
170 daN up to 9500 daN and stroke lengths between

S
7 and 125 mm.
There is a side port for gas charging that can also be
25.5

3
used to connect to a hose system.
An upper C-groove, lower U-groove together with four
R 2.5
M10 threaded holes allow various mounting possibilities

L
Lmin using our standard mounts.
10.5
87

Ø 120.2 ± 0.1
G 1/8" charge port

8
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
X 6600-016 16 89000 100 84 0.32 4.97
X 6600-019 19 91000 106 87 0.35 5.09
90˚

X 6600-025 25 93900 118 93 0.42 5.31

X 6600-032 32 96100 132 100 0.49 5.58
X 6600-038 38 98200 144 106 0.56 5.81
X 6600-050 50 66300 100600 168 118 0.69 6.22
X 6600-063 63 102400 194 131 0.83 6.78
X 6600-075 75 103400 218 143 0.90 7.05
56.6 M10 (4x), depth 12 mm
X 6600-080 80 104100 228 148 1.01 7.43
Ø 80
X 6600-100 100 105400 268 168 1.23 8.20
X 6600-125 125 106500 318 193 1.50 9.16

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar (at 20°C)
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Body Ø + 1.0

Recommended max strokes/min .... ~ 30 to 100 (at 20°C) + 1.0

Body Ø + 0.5
+ 0.5

Max piston rod velocity ................... 1.6 m/s Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FFC, FAC, SA, S
FCSC FU
Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
Tube surface ................................... Black oxide
Repair kit ........................................ 3019912 Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,
FCSC and FU, refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.8/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.8/3
X 6600 Mounts
* = According to updated ISO 11901 standard
MP FC Øa
A-A
*

15 (4x)
Ø 13.5 (4x) Ø 11 (4x) Øb

-0.1
20 +0
c

13
Ø 20 (4x) Ø 18 (4x)

a
b

f
e
f
M20
Note! Comes
complete with screws
to mount gas spring.

+ 1.0
A Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A
Ø 80

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-5000 140 109.5 FC-5000 175 155 109.5 13.5 21 36

FCS Øa FFC
a
b
b
8
c
Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød e

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-5000 155 130 109.5 13.5 21 36 FFC-5000 140 109.5 155 13.5 24 12

Mounting Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,

S c
screw FCSC and FU, refer to chapter 3.

b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Øa

Note! Support S is
designed to be used
in combination with
flanges mounted in
the U or C groove or
d

mounting option B.
20

The mounting screw

(M12) should be e
tightened with
torque 91 Nm. f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-5000 120.4 27.5 77.5 74 220 195 12.5 13

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.8/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.8/4
TU and LCF 5000
Ø 65 TU series
Thread for
maintenance, M8 The standard line of gas springs is the TU line.
Sizes 250 to 10 000 correspond to the ISO 11901 standard for gas

S
AP
PROVED springs. Sizes 750 to 7500 correspond to FORD’s WDX3560, GM’s
M-1500 and Renault’s automotive gas spring standards. When ordering a
25.5
Renault standard gas spring add an R to the Order No. (for example:

3
97
/2 3/ E C
TUR 5000-xxx). For more information, see “Automotive Standards” 2.17/2
R 2.5
LCF series
Low Contact Force (LCF) gas springs are designed to reduce exessive
shock loads, high noise levels and extreme pad bounce, all factors that

L min

L
lead to high press maintenance costs and noise pollution. For more
information see “About Gas Springs” 2.1/2.

Force vs Stroke for LCF 5000 Springs

7

End force*
(see table)

re
G 1/8" charge port Pressu
harge
8

Ø 120.2 ±0.1 Full C End force*

50 000 at min.
charge

Force (N)
re*
M10 (4x), depth 13 mm ressu pressure
arge P
um Ch
Minim

90˚ 25 000

8
0 Full
56.6 7.7
Spring Travel (mm) Stroke

Ø 80

Force in N TU, TUR och LCF 5000 gas springs are also
at 150 bar/+20°C
Gas available with double charging ports. When
S End L vol. Weight ordering this type, add a D to the Order No.
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg) For example: TUD 5000-xxx
TU/LCF 5000-025 25 71000 190 165 0.32 12.00 4
TU/LCF 5000-038 38.1 75000 216.2 178.1 0.42 12.65 Note! TUD, TURD and LCFD 5000 gas springs
have two valves and are delivered charged.
TU/LCF 5000-050 50 77000 240 190 0.51 13.30 4
TU/LCF 5000-064 63.5 80000 267 203.5 0.60 14.46
TU/LCF 5000-080 80 81000 300 220 0.73 15.05 4 TUD 5000 example
TU/LCF 5000-100 100 50000 82000 340 240 0.89 16.15 4
TU/LCF 5000-125 125 82000 390 265 1.09 16.96 4
TU/LCF 5000-160 160 83000 460 300 1.36 19.40 4 Two valves
TU/LCF 5000-200 200 84000 540 340 1.68 20.70
TU/LCF 5000-250 250 84000 640 390 2.07 22.40
TU/LCF 5000-300 300 84000 740 440 2.46 24.66
Charge port G 1/8"
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................................ Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ............................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure (TU 5000) .............. 25 bar
Min. charging pressure (LCF 5000) ............ 75 bar
Operating temperature ................................ 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ................... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ................ ~ 15-40 (at 20°C) + 1.0
Body Ø +
Max piston rod velocity ............................... 1.6 m/s Body Ø + 1.0
0.5
+ 0.5
Rod surface ................................................. Nitrided
Tube surface ................................................ Black oxide Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FFC, FAC, SA, S
Repair kits FCSC FU
* TU 5000 new version ................................ 3018876
Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
* LCF 5000 new version .............................. 3019380
TU 5000 old version ................................. 2014068-04
LCF 5000 old version ............................... 3019133 Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube, FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.
guide and rod.
We reserve the right to add, delete or modify
2.8/4 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.8/5
TU and LCF 5000 Mounts
MP FC Øa
A-A

15 (4x)
Ø 13.5 (4x) Ø 11 (4x)

-0.1
Øb

20 +0
c

13
Ø 20 (4x) Ø 18 (4x)

a
b

f
e
f
M20
Note! Comes
complete with screws
to mount gas spring.

+ 1.0
A Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A
Ø 80

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-5000 140 109.5 FC-5000 175 155 109.5 13.5 21 36

FCS Øa FFC
a
b
b
8
c
Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød e

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-5000 155 130 109.5 13.5 21 36 FFC-5000 140 109.5 155 13.5 24 12

Mounting Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,

S c
screw FU, FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Øa

Note! Support S is
designed to be used
in combination with
flanges mounted in
the U or C groove or
mounting option B.
d
20

The mounting screw

(M12) should be
tightened with e
torque 91 Nm.
f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-5000 120.4 27.5 77.5 74 220 195 12.5 13

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.8/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.8/6
TB 5000
AP
PROVED
Ø 65 TB springs have a larger gas volume than our standard
Thread for TU series.This reduces the pressure increase as the
maintenance, M8 piston rod is stroked. It also increases the service life of
97
/2 3/ E C
the spring.

S
TB springs are recommended for applications where a
low force increase is desirable. TB springs are also a
27.5

good choice for higher cycle rates and high volume

3
production.
R 2.5
Note! When ordering mounts for TB 5000 springs,
a mount of a larger size than the spring must be used.

L min

L
8

G 1/8" charge port

8

Ø 150.2 ±0.1

8
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
M10 (4x), depth 16 mm Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
TB 5000-025 25 70000 190 165 0.41 19.5
TB 5000-038 38.1 69000 216.2 178.1 0.57 20.5
TB 5000-050 50 69000 240 190 0.72 21.4
TB 5000-064 63.5 69000 267 203.5 0.86 22.4
90˚ TB 5000-080 80 69000 300 220 1.07 23.7
TB 5000-100 100 50000 69000 340 240 1.31 25.2
TB 5000-125 125 69000 390 265 1.62 27.1
TB 5000-160 160 69000 460 300 2.05 29.8
TB 5000-200 200 69000 540 340 2.54 32.8
70.7 TB 5000-250 250 68000 640 390 3.16 36.6
Ø 100 TB 5000-300 300 68000 740 440 3.77 40.4
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ................................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .......................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ........................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ........................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature .............. +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ........... ~ 40-80 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .......................... 1.6 m/s + 1.0
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Body Ø + 0.5
Rod surface ................................................. Nitrided
Tube surface ................................................ Black oxide Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FFC, FAC, SA, S
Repair kits FCSC FU
* TB 5000 new version ................................ 3019238 Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
TB 5000 old version .................................. 2014068-08

*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube, Note! For dimension on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
guide and rod. FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.8/6 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.8/7
TB 5000 Mounts
MP FC Øa
A-A

15 (4x)
Ø 17.5 (4x) Ø 11 (4x)

25 -0.1
+0
Øb

17 (4x)
c

Ø 26 (4x) Ø 18 (4x)
a
b

f
M20

e
f
Note! Comes
complete with screws
to mount gas spring.

A + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A
Ø 100

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-7500 190 138 FC-7500 220 195 138 17.5 27 41

FCS Øa FFC
a
b
b
8
c
Ød

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød e

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-7500 195 162 138 17.5 27 41 FFC-7500 190 138 195.2 17.5 24 12

Mounting Note! For dimension on mounting possibilities K, KU,

S c
screw FU, FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Øa

Note! Support S is
designed to be used
in combination with
flanges mounted in
the U or C groove or
d

mounting option B.
20

The mounting screw

(M12) should be e
tightened with
torque 91 Nm. f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Øa b c d e f g Øh
S-7500 150.4 30 95 100 260 230 15 13

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.8/7
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.8/8
SL 5000
AP
PROVED The SL 5000 spring has an “inch-based” total length and
stroke length.
97
Ø 65 The SL 5000 has a total length of 101.6 mm + (2 x stroke).
/2 3/ E C
Thread for
maintenance, M8

S
25.5

R 2.5 3
L min

R 2.5
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
13.2

S End L Gas vol. Weight

8 Ø 120.2 ±0.1 G 1/8" charge port
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
SL 5000-013 12.7 79000 127 114.3 0.18 7.9
SL 5000-025 25.4 82000 152.4 127 0.28 8.5
SL 5000-038 38.1 87000 177.8 139.7 0.37 9.1
SL 5000-051 50.8 87000 203.2 152.4 0.46 9.7
SL 5000-064 63.5 86000 228.6 165.1 0.56 11.1
M12 (4x), depth 13 mm SL 5000-076 76.2 86000 254 177.8 0.66 11.7
SL 5000-089 88.9 86000 279.4 190.5 0.76 12.3
SL 5000-102 101.6 86000 304.8 203.2 0.86 12.9
50000
SL 5000-114 114.3 86000 330.2 215.9 0.96 13.5
SL 5000-127 127 86000 355.6 228.6 1.06 14.1
SL 5000-140 139.7 86000 381 241.3 1.16 14.7
SL 5000-152 152.4 86000 406.4 254 1.26 15.3
SL 5000-165 165.1 86000 431.8 266.7 1.36 15.9
SL 5000-178 177.8 86000 457.2 279.4 1.46 16.5
57.1 SL 5000-191 190.5 86000 482.6 292.1 1.56 17.1
Ø 80.8 SL 5000-203 203.2 86000 508 304.8 1.66 17.8
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ................................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .......................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ........................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ........................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature .............. +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ........... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .......................... 1.6 m/s + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Body Ø + 1.0
Rod surface ............................................ Nitrided + 0.5

Tube surface ........................................... Yellow chromed

Drop - In B FC, FCS, FSL S
Repair kits
* SL 5000 new version ........................... 4019340 Bottom FCSC Foot Body
SL 5000old version .............................. 2014979-5000 thread Top Mount Mount Mount

*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube,

guide and rod.
Note! For dimension on mounting possibilities FCSC refer to
chapter 3.
We reserve the right to add, delete or modify
2.8/8 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.8/9
SL 5000 Mounts
FC Øa FCS Øa

Øb b
c
c

f
e
f

e
f
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
+ 1.0
Ød Body Ø + 0.5
Ød

Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

FC-5000 175 155 109.5 13.5 21 36 FCS-5000 155 130 109.5 13.5 21 36

Mounting
FSL S c
screw
a
Øe
b 8
b b
g

Øa
Note! Support S is
h
i

designed to be used
in combination with
flanges mounted in
Øf
the U or C groove or
Ø

mounting option B.
d
c
b
a

The mounting screw 20

(M12) should be
tightened with e
j

torque 91 Nm.
f
d Øh
Øh
30˚
30

g
Order No. a b Øc d Øe Øf g h i j Order No. Øa b c d e f g Øh
FSL-5000 139.7 114.3 161.8 71 20 13.5 13 25 33.6 25.7 S-5000 120.4 27.5 77.5 74 220 195 12.5 13

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.8/9
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 Overview - 7500 ≤ FINIT < 10000

80

205 ( 155 + 2xStroke )

TU / TUR/ LCF
7500 x 25 mm

150
Initial Force
7500 daN

60

55
77

90
128 ( 78 + 2xStroke )

145

CU
X 7500 x 25 mm
9500 x 25 mm

150 95
Initial Force Initial Force
9500 daN 7500 daN

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
 7500 < FINIT < 10000
PROVED
AP

CU 7500 Page 2.9/2

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

X 9500 Page 2.9/4

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TU and LCF 7500 Page 2.9/6

97
/2 3/ E C

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.9/2
CU 7500
AP
PROVED ØB The CU gas spring is a very compact Bore Sealed gas
spring, that gives a high force in a limited space.
The max. frequency for the spring is 100 strokes/minute.

S
97
/2 3/ E C
Springs with stroke lengths over 25 mm should always

0.5
be attached to the tool, using a flange or the tapped
C

holes in the bottom of the spring. We also recommend

R
shorter stroke springs to be fastened for optimal

L min
service-life.

L
R As an option, the CU springs can be delivered with a
Side-Port plate (SP) for applications where a side-port is
C

needed (i.e. for use in hose systems).

ØA E

G 1/8” charge port

M8 (4x)

9
ØD

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
Gas
S End L ØA vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force** ± 0.25 L m in ± 0.1 ØB C ØD E R (l) (kg)
CU 7500-010 10 104000 90 80 0.18 2.8
CU 7500-016 16 104000 116 100 0.30 3.2
CU 7500-025 25 109000 145 120 0.41 3.7
75000 95.2 55 21 52 9 1. 5
CU 7500-032 32* 105000 182 150 0.57 4.4
CU 7500-040 40* 107000 210 170 0.68 4.8
CU 7500-050 50* 106000 255 205 0.87 5.6
* = Should always be attached to the tool using the tapped holes in the bottom or a flange
** = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1 Drop-In FK
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen Flange
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar (at 20°C) mount
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C Body Ø + 1.0
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
+ 0.5
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~80 to 100 (at 20° C)
Max piston rod velocity .................. 0.5 m/s

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided

Tube surface .................................. Nitrided
Repair kit CU 7500 ........................ 2014493-0750 BFP B SP
Flange mount Bottom thread Side port

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.9/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.9/3
CU 7500 Mounts
FK BFP
Øa a

b b
c

f
e

d
e

Body Ø
+ 1.0 Ød
+ 0.5
Øc
For model Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f For model Order No. a b Øc d
CU 7500 FK-3000 130 110 92 13.5 18 30 CU 7500 BFP-7500 110 92 13 27.5

Note! For spring of earlier version with R=2.5 FCS 1500 Note! BF flange for earlier version with R=2.5 is obsolete.
respective FCS 3000 should be used. Please contact your local distributor for more information.
Please contact your local distributor for more information.

M8 (4x)
CU-SP 7500
It is also possible to
B B
9
B-B
order Side Port kit for
11.5
Ø 52

attachment to old
springs.

Order No. SP 7500 kit.

45˚

Valve

G 1/8” port
7

20
10.5
8

Ø 95.2

For model Order No. For U-groove mounts on CU-SP

CU 7500 CU SP-7500 Refer to TU 3000

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.9/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.9/4
X 9500
PROVED
AP The Power Line series are our shortest and most
powerful Piston Rod Sealed gas springs, giving you a
97
great deal of force in a very small amount of space.
/2 3/ E C
Ø 90 Thread for These gas springs are available with forces from
maintenance, M8
170 daN up to 9500 daN and stroke lengths between
7 and 125 mm.

S
There is a side port for gas charging that can also be
27.5

used to connect to a hose system.

3
An upper C-groove, lower U-groove together with four
R 2.5

L
M10 threaded holes allow various mounting possibilities

L min
using our standard mounts.
8
8

10. 5

Ø 150.2 ± 0.1 G 1/8" charge port

M10 (4x), depth 13 mm

Force in N
9 at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
X 9500-019 19 135000 116 97 0.49 9.78
90˚

X 9500-025 25 139000 128 103 0.58 10.1

X 9500-032 32 142000 142 110 0.70 10.6
X 9500-038 38 143000 154 116 0.80 11.0
X 9500-050 50 146000 178 128 0.99 11.7
95000
X 9500-063 63 148000 204 141 1.20 12.5
X 9500-075 75 149000 228 153 1.39 13.3
X 9500-080 80 150000 238 158 1.47 13.6
70.7
X 9500-100 100 151000 278 178 1.79 14.8
Ø 100
X 9500-125 12 5 152000 328 203 2.20 16.4

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar (at 20°C)
Min. charging pressure .................. 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Body Ø + 1.0
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 30 to 100 (at 20°C) Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
+ 0.5

Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FFC, S
FCSC FU
Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
Tube surface .................................. Black oxide
Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
Repair kit ........................................ 3020614
FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.9/4 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.9/5
X 9500 Mounts
MP FC Øa
A-A

15 (4x)
Ø 17.5 (4x) Ø 11 (4x)

25 -0.1
+0
Øb

17 (4x)
c

Ø 26 (4x) Ø 18 (4x)
a
b

Note! Comes
complete with screws

f
M20

e
to mount gas spring.

f
A + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A
Ø 100

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-7500 19 0 138 FC-7500 220 195 138 17.5 27 41

FCS Øa
FFC a
b b
c Ød

9
Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5 e
Ød

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-7500 195 162 138 17.5 27 41 FFC-7500 190 138 195.2 17.5 24 12

Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,

Mounting
S c
screw FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

b
Click here for Chapter 3 >>
b
Øa

Note! Support S is
designed to be used in
combination with
flanges mounted in the
d

U or C groove or
20

mounting option B.

The mounting screw e

(M12) should be
tightened with f
torque 91 Nm. Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-7500 150.4 30 95 100 260 230 15 13

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.9/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.9/6
TU and LCF 7500
Ø 80 TU series
Thread for The standard line of gas springs is the TU line.
maintenance, M16
Sizes 250 to 10 000 correspond to the ISO 11901 standard for gas
AP
PROVED springs. Sizes 750 to 7500 correspond to FORD’s WDX3560, GM’s

S
M-1500 and Renault’s automotive gas spring standards. When ordering a
Renault standard gas spring add an R to the Order No. (for example:
27.5

TUR 7500-xxx). For more information, see “Automotive Standards” 2.17/2

3
97
/2 3/ E C
R 2.5 LCF series
Low Contact Force (LCF) gas springs are designed to reduce exessive
shock loads, high noise levels and extreme pad bounce, all factors that

L
L min
lead to high press maintenance costs and noise pollution. For more
information see “About Gas Springs” 2.1/2.

Force vs Stroke for LCF 7500 Springs

8

End force*
(see table)

re
Pressu
harge
G 1/8" charge port Full C End force*
8

Ø 150.2 ±0.1 at min.

75 000
charge

Force (N)
re*
ressu pressure
arge P
M10 (4x), depth 13 mm um Ch
Minim

90˚ 30 000

0 Full
10.4
Spring Travel (mm) Stroke
70.7
9 Ø100
TU, TUR och LCF 7500 gas springs are also
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C available with double charging ports. When
Gas ordering this type, add a D to the Order No.
S End L vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial Force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
For example: TUD 7500-xxx
TU/LCF 7500-025 25 105000 205 180 0.51 19.2 4 Note! TUD, TURD and LCFD 7500 gas springs
TU/LCF 7500-038 38.1 110000 231.2 193.1 0.67 20.0 have two valves and are delivered charged.
TU/LCF 7500-050 50 113000 255 205 0.81 20.9 4
TU/LCF 7500-064 63.5 115000 282 218.5 0.98 21.8
TU/LCF 7500-080 80 117000 315 235 1.18 22.9 4 TUD 7500 example
TU/LCF 7500-100 100 75000 119000 355 255 1.43 24.3 4
TU/LCF 7500-125 125 121000 405 280 1.74 26.0 4
TU/LCF 7500-160 160 122000 475 315 2.17 28.4 4 Two valves
TU/LCF 7500-200 200 123000 555 355 2.66 31.1
TU/LCF 7500-250 250 124000 655 405 3.27 34.5
TU/LCF 7500-300 300 124000 755 455 3.88 37.9
Charge port G 1/8"
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ....................................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ............................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure (TU 7500) ............. 25 bar
Min. charging pressure (LCF 7500) ........... 89 bar
Operating temperature ................................ 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature ................... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ................ ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .............................. 1.6 m/s + 1.0
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5

Tube surface ............................................... Black oxide Body Ø + 0.5

Rod surface ................................................ Nitrided Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FFC, S

Repair kits FCSC FU
* TU 7500 new version ............................... 3018877
* LC 7500 new version ............................... 3019381 Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
TU 7500 old version ................................. 2014068-09
LCF 7500 old version ............................... 3019134 Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, and
*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube, FU, FCSC refer to chapter 3.
guide and rod.
We reserve the right to add, delete or modify
2.9/6 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.9/7
TU and LCF 7500 Mounts
MP FC Øa
A-A

15 (4x)
Ø 17.5 (4x) Ø 11 (4x)

25 -0.1
+0
Øb

17 (4x)
c

Ø 26 (4x) Ø 18 (4x)
a
b

f
Note! Comes
M20

e
f
complete with screws
to mount gas spring.

A + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A
Ø 100

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-7500 190 138 FC-7500 220 195 138 17.5 27 41

FCS Øa FFC a
b b
c Ød

9
Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5 e
Ød

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-7500 195 162 138 17.5 27 41 FFC-7500 190 138 195.2 17.5 24 12

Mounting Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,

S c
screw and FU, FCSC refer to chapter 3.

b b
Note! Support S is
Click here for Chapter 3 >>
Øa

designed to be used
in combination with
flanges mounted in
the U or C groove or
mounting option B.
d
20

The mounting screw

(M12) should be
tightened with e
torque 91 Nm.
f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-7500 150.4 30 95 100 260 230 15 13

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.9/7
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 Overview - FINIT > 10000

95

210 ( 160 + 2xStroke )

TU / TUR / LCF
10000 x 25 mm

195
Initial Force
10000 daN

90
70
165
155

CU CU
11800 x 25 mm 18300 x 25 mm

120 150
Initial Force Initial Force
11800 daN 18300 daN

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
 FINIT > 10000
PROVED
AP

CU 11800 - 18300 Page 2.10/2

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TU 10 000 Page 2.10/4

97
/2 3/ E C

10

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.10/2
CU 11800 - 18300
PROVED
ØB
AP The CU gas spring is a very compact Bore Sealed gas
spring, that gives a high force in a limited space.

S
97
/2 3/ E C
The max. frequency for the spring is 100 strokes/minute.

0.5
C

Springs with stroke lengths over 25 mm should always

R be attached to the tool, using a flange or the tapped

L min
L
holes in the bottom of the spring. We also recommend
R shorter stroke springs to be fastened for optimal
service-life.
C

E
ØA
As an option, the CU springs can be delivered with a
Side-Port plate (SP) for applications where a side-port is
needed (i.e. for use in hose systems).
G 1/8” charge port
M10 (4x)

ØD

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L ØA Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force** ± 0.25 L min ± 0.1 ØB C ØD E R (l) (kg)
CU 11800-010 10 155000 100 90 0.33 5.4
CU 11800-016 16 158000 126 110 0.50 6.0
10 CU 11800-025 25 170000 155 130 0.68 6.9
118000 120.2 70 22.5 68 11 2.5
CU 11800-032 32* 164000 187 155 0.88 7.8
CU 11800-040 40* 165000 220 180 1.00 8.7
CU 11800-050 50* 166000 260 210 1.35 9.9

CU 18300-010 10 235000 110 100 0.56 9.5

CU 18300-016 16 252000 136 120 0.84 10.4
CU 18300-025 25 254000 165 140 1.13 11.8
183000 150.2 90 24.5 90 11 2.5
CU 18300-032 32* 251000 197 165 1.45 13.3
CU 18300-040 40* 250000 235 195 1.86 15.0
CU 18300-050 50* 255000 270 220 2.19 16.5
* = Should always be attached to the tool using the tapped holes in the bottom or a flange
** = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1 Drop-In FC/FCS
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen Flange
Max. charging pressure .................. 150 bar (at 20°C) mount
Min. charging pressure ................... 25 bar (at 20°C)
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C Body Ø + 1.0
Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C + 0.5

Recommended max strokes/min .... ~80 to 100 (at 20° C)

Max piston rod velocity ................... 0.8 m/s

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided

Tube surface ................................... Nitrided
Repair kit CU 11800 ....................... 2014493-1180 BFCU B SP
Repair kit CU 18300 ....................... 2014493-1830 Flange mount Bottom thread Side port

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.10/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.10/3
CU 11800 - 18300 Mounts
FC Øa FCS
Øa
Øb
b
c
c

f
e

e
e

e
f

f
Ød
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5 + 1.0 Ød
Body Ø + 0.5

For model Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f For model Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

CU 11800 FC-5000 175 155 109.5 13.5 21 33 CU 11800 FCS-5000 155 130 109.5 13.5 21 33
CU 18300 FC-7500 220 195 138 17.5 27 38 CU 18300 FCS-7500 195 162 138 17.5 27 38

a
BFCU CU-SP 11800 M10 (4x)
b B B

It is also possible to order

20
Side Port kit for

Ø 68
attachment to old springs.
B-B
Order No. SP 11800 kit.

˚
20
10
d

Valve

G 1/8” port
7

20
Øc

10.5
8

Ø 120.1
For model Order No. a b Øc d
CU 11800 BFCU-11800 130 109.5 13 29.5 For model Order No. For U-groove mounts on CU-SP
CU 18300 BFCU-18300 162 138 17.5 34.5 CU 11800 CU SP-11800 Refer to TU 5000

CU-SP 18300 M10 (4x)

B B
It is also possible to order
Side Port kit for
20

attachment to old springs.

Ø 90

Order No. SP 18300 kit. B-B

˚
20

Valve

G 1/8” port
20
8

10.5

Ø 150.1
8

For model Order No. For U-groove mounts on CU-SP

CU 18300 CU SP-18300 Refer to TU 7500

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.10/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.10/4
TU 10 000
The standard line of gas springs is the TU line.
Ø 95 Sizes 250 to 10 000 correspond to the ISO 11901
Thread for standard for gas springs.
PROVED maintenance, M16
AP

TU 10 000 is also available with double ports. When

ordering this type add a D to the Order No.

S
97
/2 3/ E C
Example: TUD 10000-xxx.
33.5

Note! The TUD 10 000 has two valves and is normally

3
delivered charged.
R 2.5

L min

L TUD 10000 example

Two valves
8

Charge port G 1/8"

G 1/8" charge port
8

Ø 194.9 ±0.1

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
M12 (4x), depth 16 mm
10 Order No.
TU 10000-025
Stroke
25
Initial force**
138000
± 0.25
210
L min
185
(l)
0.87
(kg)
36.5
TU 10000-038 38.1 143000 236.2 198.1 1.13 38.5
TU 10000-050 50 147000 260 210 1.37 40.0 4
TU 10000-064 63.5 150000 287 223.5 1.64 42.0
TU 10000-080 80 152000 320 240 1.98 44.0 4
90˚
TU 10000-100 100 106000 156000 360 260 2.38 46.5 4
TU 10000-125 125 157000 410 285 2.88 50.0 4
TU 10000-160 160 158000 480 320 3.59 54.5 4
TU 10000-200 200 160000 560 360 4.39 60.0 4
84.8 TU 10000-250 250 160000 660 410 5.40 66.5 4
Ø 120 TU 10000-300 300 160000 760 460 6.40 73.0 4
** = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ................................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .......................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ........................... 25 bar
Operating temperature ........................... 0 - +80°C
Force increase by temperature .............. +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ........... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .......................... 1.6 m/s
Rod surface ............................................ Nitrided + 1.0
Body Ø +
Tube surface ........................................... Black oxide Body Ø + 1.0
0.5
+ 0.5
Repair kits
Drop - In B, MP FCS K, FFC
* TU 10 000 new version ........................ 3019037
TU 10 000 old version ......................... 2014068-10 Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount

*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube, Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K refer
guide and rod. to chapter 3.
We reserve the right to add, delete or modify
2.10/4 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.10/5
TU 10 000 Mounts
MP FCS Øa
A-A

13 (4x)
Ø 17.5 (4x) Ø 13.5 (4x)

25 -0.1
+0
b

17 (4x)
c

Ø 26 (4x) Ø 20 (4x)
a
b

Note! Comes
complete with screws
M20

f
to mount gas spring.

e
f
A
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
A
Ød
Ø 120

Order No. a b Order No. Øa b c Ød e f

MP-10000 210 170 FCS-10000 240.4 210 170 17.5 27 47

FFC
a
b
Ød

Øc
10
b
a
f

Order No. a b Øc Ød e f
FFC-10000 210 170 240.4 17.5 24 13

Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K refer

to chapter 3.

Click here for Chapter 3 >>

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.10/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 Overview - HT Models
The HT (High Temp) series are gas springs that can be used in applications with
working temperatures up to 180°C.

L = 50 + (2x stroke)
L = 50 + (2x stroke)
HT 250 HTM 250

Ø 38 M38 x 1.5

Initial force (at 20°C)= 210 daN. Initial force (at 20°C)= 210 daN. Threaded body version.
L = 95 + (2x stroke)

HT 750

Ø 50.2

Initial force (at 20°C)= 590 daN

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
HT - High Temperature gas springs (180 °C)
PROVED
AP

HT 250 2.11/2
97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

HTM 250 2.11/4

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

HT 750 2.11/6
97
/2 3/ E C

11

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.11/2
HT 250
AP
PROVED High Temp is a series of gas springs especially
developed for the plastic and rubber industry where the
surrounding temperature often reaches values above
97
/2 3/ E C
100°C.
Ø 15 Thread for HT 250 dimensions and available mounts correspond to
maintenance, M3
those of our standard TU 250.
The HT 250 model is also available in a threaded body

S
version HTM 250.
12.4

R1
L min

L
4
4

+0
Ø 38 - 0.2 M6 charge port

Force in N
at 120 bar/+20°C
M6 (4x), depth 8 mm
S End L Gas vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
45

HT 250-010 10 3300 70 60 0.01 0.43

˚

HT 250-013 12.7 3100 75.4 62.7 0.01 0.44

11 HT 250-016 16 3000 82 66 0.01 0.46
HT 250-025 25 2900 100 75 0.02 0.50
25

HT 250-038 38.1 2100 2900 126.2 88.1 0.03 0.54

18 HT 250-050 50 2800 150 100 0.04 0.58
HT 250-064 63.5 2800 177 113.5 0.05 0.67
HT 250-080 80 2800 210 130 0.06 0.72
HT 250-100 100 2800 250 150 0.08 0.83

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 120 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 50 bar
Operating temperature ................... + 20 to +180°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 60 (at 20°C)
Body Ø ++ 1.0
Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
0.5

Drop - In B FC, FCS K, FFC

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided Bottom Top Foot Mount
Tube surface .................................. Black oxide threads Mount
Repair kit ........................................ 3015091
Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K refer to chapter 3.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.11/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.11/3
HT 250 Mounts
FC Øa FCS Øa
Øb b
c c

f
e
f

f
e
f
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød Body Ø + 1.0
+ 0.5
Ød

Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f

FC-250 68 56.5 40 7 9 17 FCS-250 56.5 52 40 7 9 17

FFC a
b
Ød

Øc
b
a
f

11
e

Order No. a b Øc Ød e f
FFC-250 55 40 56.6 7 5 6.5

Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K refer to

chapter 3.

Click here for Chapter 3 >>

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.11/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.11/4
HTM 250
AP
PROVED The HTM is a threaded body 250 spring with the same
total length as the HT 250.
97
/2 3/ E C
The HTM spring has a metric thread M38 x 1.5.
Ø 15
Thread for
maintenance, M3

S
4 1
2
4

L
L min
14

Ø 35.4 M6 charge port

Force in N
M 38 x 1.5
at 120 bar/+20°C
Gas
S End L vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L m in (l) (kg)
HTM/HTI 250-010 10 3300 70 60 0.009 0.43

11 HTM/HTI 250-013 12.7 3100 75.4 62.7 0.011 0.44

HTM/HTI 250-016 16 3000 82 66 0.014 0.46
HTM/HTI 250-025 25 2900 100 75 0.020 0.50
HTM/HTI 250-038 38.1 2100 2900 126.2 88.1 0.030 0.54
HTM/HTI 250-050 50 2800 150 100 0.039 0.58
HTM/HTI 250-064 63.5 2800 177 113.5 0.049 0.67
HTM/HTI 250-080 80 2800 210 130 0.061 0.72
HTM/HTI 250-100 100 2800 250 150 0.076 0.83

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 120 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 50 bar
Operating temperature ................... + 20 to +180°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 60 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .................. 1.6 m/s

Rod surface .................................... Nitrided

Tube surface .................................. Black oxide FRM, FHM FTM
Repair kit ........................................ 3015091 Lock nut Flange mount

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.11/4 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.11/5
HTM/HTI 250 Mounts
FRM e FHM

c
Øa

a
c b
b

Order No. Ø a b c d e Order No. a b c

FRM-250 58 3.5 8 11 M38 x 1.5 FHM-250 47 M38 x 1.5 8

FTM A-A
a
Ø 14
Lock screw, M6
12

Ø9
Ø 75
50.3
A

A
11
29

50

Order No. a
FTM-250 M38 x 1.5

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.11/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.11/6
HT 750
AP
PROVED High Temp is a series of gas springs especially
developed for the plastic and rubber industry where the
surrounding temperature often reaches values above
97
/2 3/ E C
Ø 25 100°C.
Thread for
maintenance, M8 Dimensions and available mounts correspond to those of
our standard TU 750.

S
17.5

R2 L
L min
7

Force in N
at 120 bar/+20°C
S End L Gas vol. Weight
± 0.1
8

G 1/8" charge port Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.25 L min (l) (kg)
Ø 50.2
HT 750-013 12.7 11000 120.4 107.7 0.03 1.2
HT 750-025 25 10300 145 120 0.04 1.4
HT 750-038 38.1 10000 171.2 133.1 0.06 1.6
HT 750-050 50 9900 195 145 0.07 1.7
HT 750-064 63.5 9800 222 158.5 0.09 1.8
11 M8 (2x), depth 13 mm HT 750-080 80 9800 255 175 0.11 1.9
5900
HT 750-100 100 9800 295 195 0.14 2.1
HT 750-125 125 9700 345 220 0.17 2.4
HT 750-160 160 9700 415 255 0.21 2.7
HT 750-200 200 9700 495 295 0.26 2.76
20 HT 750-250 250 9700 595 345 0.33 2.82
HT 750-300 300 9700 695 395 0.39 2.87
* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ................................ Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ...................... 120 bar
Min. charging pressure ........................ 50 bar
Operating temperature ........................ + 20 to +180°C
Force increase by temperature ........... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ......... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity ....................... 1.6 m/s + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Body Ø + 1.0
Rod surface ........................................ Nitrided + 0.5

Tube surface ....................................... Black oxide Drop - In B, MP FC, FCS, K, KU, FFC, FAC, SA, S
Repair kits FCSC FU
*HT 750 new version .......................... 3021187 Bottom Mount Top Mount Foot Mount Body Mount
HT 750 old version ............................ 2015092-0750
Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU, FU,
*New version isidentified by circular rings on the top of tube, FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.
guide and rod.
We reserve the right to add, delete or modify
2.11/6 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.11/7
HT 750 Mounts
* = According to updated ISO 11901 standard
MP FC Øa
A-A

14 (2x)
* Ø 9 (2x) Ø 9 (2x)

20 -0.1
+0
Øb

12 (2x)
c

Ø 15 (2x) Ø 15 (2x)

a
b
M10

Note! Comes

f
complete with screws

e
f
to mount gas spring.

A
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
Ød
A M10
Ø 20

Order No. a b Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f

MP-750 75 56.5 FC-750 95 80 56.5 9 13 24

FCS Øa FFC a

b b
Ød
c

Øc

b
a
f
f
e
f

11
+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5 e
Ød

Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f Order No. a b Øc Ød e f

FCS-750 80 70 56.5 9 13 24 FFC-750 75 56.5 80 9 24 12

Mounting Note! For dimensions on mounting possibilities K, KU,

S c
screw FU, FAC, FCSC and SA refer to chapter 3.

b b Click here for Chapter 3 >>

Note! Support S is
Øa

designed to be used in
combination with
flanges mounted in the
U or C groove or
mounting option B.
d
20

The mounting screw

(M8) should be
tightened with e
torque 25 Nm.
f
Øh
Øh
30

Order No. Ø a b c d e f g Øh
S-750 50.4 20 40 40 130 110 10 9

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.11/7
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 Overview - HG Models
The HG (Hollow Gas spring) models are gas springs with a hole that passes right the the way
through the middle of the spring. The springs are available with initials forces from
250 to 1030 daN.

Ø 10.4 Ø 16.4

L = 80 + (2 x stroke)
L = 76 + (2 x stroke)

HG 270 HG 490

Ø 37.9 Ø 50.2

Ø 25.4
L = 90 + (2 x stroke)

HG 1060

Ø 75.2

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
 HG - Hollow rod Gas springs
PROVED
AP

HG 270-1060 2.12/2
97
/2 3/ E C

12

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.12/2
HG 270-1060
AP
PROVED The Hollow Gas spring is a gas spring with a hole
through the centre of the spring. The spring is not
hoseable as it has no charge port on the side of the
97
/2 3/ E C
spring body.
F1 R R F2 M6 charge port H (4x)
G (4x)
ØC
ØE
ØB

ØB
ØC

ØE
ØA

ØD

ØE
ØD
ØA

ØA
2

K
S L min

ØA
Model ± 0.1 ØB ØC ØD ØE F1 F2 G H R K
HG 270 37.9 22 -- -- 10.4 11.5 10.5 -- -- 1 2
HG 490 50.2 30 23 28 16.4 15.5 14.5 M4 (depth 8) M4 (depth 8) 2 3
HG 1060 75.2 50 36 48 25.4 19 18 M6 (depth 11) M6 (depth 12) 2.5 3

Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
L Gas
S End +0 vol. Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* -1 L min (l) (kg)
HG 270-016 16 3902 108 92 0.01 0.57
HG 270-025 25 3860 126 101 0.02 0.62
2500
HG 270-050 50 3826 176 126 0.04 0.75
HG 270-080 80 3813 236 156 0.06 0.94

HG 490-016 16 7548 112 96 0.02 1.01

HG 490-025 25 7916 130 105 0.03 1.09
4700
12 HG 490-050
HG 490-080
50
80
8332
8518
180
240
130
160
0.05
0.08
1.32
1.64

HG 1060-016 16 16076 122 106 0.05 2.56

HG 1060-025 25 17006 140 115 0.06 2.80
HG 1060-050 50 10300 18124 190 140 0.11 3.35
HG 1060-080 80 18644 250 170 0.16 3.98
HG 1060-100 100 18833 290 190 0.20 4.37

* = at full stroke

BASIC INFORMATION MOUNTING POSSIBILITIES

For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1
Pressure medium ........................... Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure ................. 150 bar
Min. charging pressure .................. 50 bar
Operating temperature ................... 0 to +80°C
Force increase by temperature ...... +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
Max piston rod velocity .................. 0.5 m/s
Rod surface .................................... Nitrided
Body Ø + 1.0
Tube surface .................................. Nitrided + 0.5

Repair kits FC, FCS Bolster return, Pulling

HG 270 ........................................... 3018340-0270 Top Mount Pillar mounted
HG 490 ........................................... 3018340-0490 Foot Mount
HG 1060 ......................................... 3018340-1060
We reserve the right to add, delete or modify
2.12/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.12/3
HG 270-1060 Mounts
FC FCS
Øa Øa
Øb b
c c

f2
f2

e
e

e
e
f1

f1
Ød
+ 1.0 + 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5 Body Ø + 0.5 Ød

For model Order No. Ø a Øb c Ød e f1 f2 For model Order No. Ø a b c Ød e f1 f2

HG 270 FC-250 68 56.5 40 7 9 15 16 HG 270 FCS-250 56.5 52 40 7 9 15 16
HG 490 FC-750 95 80 56.5 9 13 21 22 HG 490 FCS-750 80 70 56.5 9 13 21 22
HG 1060 FC-1500 122 104 73.5 11 16 26 27 HG 1060 FCS-1500 104 90 73.5 11 16 26 27

12

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.12/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 Overview - TET/TEE, TEBT/TEBEB Models
The TET and TEE are gas springs with ears for attachment. The TET has an ear at the bottom
of the tube and an attachment thread in the top of the piston rod. The TEE has ears at both
ends of the spring.

TET

TEE

The TEBT and TEBEB are gas springs with ears, containing bearings, for attachment.
The TEBT has an ear (with bearing) at the bottom of the tube, an attachment thread in the
top of the piston rod. The TEBEB has ears (with bearings) at both ends of the spring.

TEBT

TEBEB

Edition 6 / May 2005 by Strömsholmen AB

+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
 Counter balance gas springs
PROVED
AP

TET and TEE 750-3000 Page 2.13/2

97
/2 3/ E C

PROVED
AP

TEBT and TEBEB 750-5000 Page 2.13/4

97
/2 3/ E C

13

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.13/2
TET and TEE 750-3000
ØD Gas charging G 1/8”
R
E
PROVED
AP

ØA
TET

ØB
C
97
/2 3/ E C

B
R 3 F

BE
L min S

TE
BT t
ØD Gas charging G 1/8” ØD
R

TE u
R

&
o
PROVED
AP
ØA

TEE

ØB
97
/2 3/ E C

iv d
at e
R 3 F
rn as
e: L min S

L R
al ph

The TET and TEE are gas springs with ears for attachment. The TET has an ear at the bottom of the tube and an
attachment thread in the top of the piston rod. The TEE has ears at both ends of the spring.
If the axels will rotate in the ears we recommend using the TEBT/TEBEB instead.
de ng
te

As standard the springs are only for in-door use. If the springs are to be used outdoors, please contact your distribu-
tor for further information.
en ei

Note! The gas springs are not to be exposed to any pulling forces. If needed a mechanical stop must be installed to
d

prevent this from happening.

m B

13
BASIC INFORMATION DIMENSION ATTACHMENT E
For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1 R
Pressure medium .................................. Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .......................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ........................... 25 bar
m

Operating temperature ........................... + 20 to +80°C

C

Force increase by temperature .............. +0.3%/°C

Recommended max strokes/min ........... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C)
co

Max piston rod velocity ......................... 1.6 m/s R e

Rod surface ........................................... Nitrided
ØD
Tube surface .......................................... Black oxide
re

Repair kits
F

* 750 new version .................................. 3019817

750 old version .................................... 2014068-01
* 1500 new version ................................ 3019816
1500 old version .................................. 2014068-02
For size Order No. C ØD e F R
* 3000 new version ................................ 3019025
3000 old version .................................. 2014068-03 750 E-750 M16 x 1.5 20 20 20 25
1500 E-1500 M24 x 2 35 30 25 35
*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube, 3000 E-3000 M30 x 2 40 38 30 40
guide and rod.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.13/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.13/3
TET and TEE 750-3000
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
TET TEE
S End L ØA Gas vol. Weight Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.5 L min ± 0.1 ØB C ØD E F R (l) (kg) (kg)
TET/TEE 750-013 12.7 12000 145.4 132.7 0.03 1.57 1.87
TET/TEE 750-025 25 12000 170 145 0.04 1.72 2.02
TET/TEE 750-038 38.1 12000 196.2 158.1 0.06 1.77 2.07
TET/TEE 750-050 50 12000 220 170 0.07 1.97 2.27

B
TET/TEE 750-064 63.5 12000 247 183.5 0.09 2.02 2.32

BE
TET/TEE 750-080 80 12000 280 200 0.11 2.22 2.52
7400 50.2 25 M16x1.5 20 22 20 25
TET/TEE 750-100 100 12000 320 220 0.14 2.42 2.72
TET/TEE 750-125 125 12100 370 245 0.17 2.67 2.97

TE
TET/TEE 750-160 160 12100 440 280 0.21 2.97 3.27
TET/TEE 750-200 200 12100 520 320 0.26 3.37 3.67

BT t
TET/TEE 750-250 250 12100 620 370 0.33 3.87 4.17

TE u
&
TET/TEE 750-300 300 12100 720 420 0.39 4.37 4.67

o
TET/TEE 1500-025 25 23000 195 170 0.10 3.97 4.61
TET/TEE 1500-038 38.1 23000 221.1 183.1 0.15 4.21 4.85
TET/TEE 1500-050
TET/TEE 1500-064 iv d 50
63.5
23000
23000
245
272
195
208.5
0.18
0.22
4.44
4.70
5.08
5.34
at e
TET/TEE 1500-080 80 23000 305 225 0.28 5.01 5.65
rn as
TET/TEE 1500-100 e: 100 15000 23000 345 245 75.2 36 M24x2 35 32 25 35 0.34 5.39 6.03
TET/TEE 1500-125 125 23000 395 270 0.42 5.87 6.51
TET/TEE 1500-160 160 23000 465 305 0.53 6.58 7.22
al ph

TET/TEE 1500-200 200 23000 545 345 0.68 7.34 7.98

TET/TEE 1500-250 250 23000 645 395 0.81 8.29 8.93
TET/TEE 1500-300 300 23000 745 445 0.96 9.24 9.88

TET/TEE 3000-025 25 42000 210 185 0.20 7.18 8.28

de ng
te

TET/TEE 3000-038 38.1 43000 236.2 198.1 0.26 7.69 8.79

TET/TEE 3000-050 50 44000 260 210 0.32 8.15 9.25
TET/TEE 3000-064 63.5 45000 287 223.5 0.38 8.68 9.78
en ei

TET/TEE 3000-080 80 46000 320 240 0.46 9.32 10.42

TET/TEE 3000-100 100 30000 47000 360 260 95.2 50 M30x2 40 40 30 40 0.56 10.10 11.20
13
d

TET/TEE 3000-125 125 47000 410 285 0.69 11.07 12.17

m B

TET/TEE 3000-160 160 47000 480 320 0.87 12.42 13.52

TET/TEE 3000-200 200 48000 560 360 1.07 13.98 15.08
TET/TEE 3000-250 250 48000 660 410 1.32 15.92 17.02
TET/TEE 3000-300 300 48000 760 460 1.57 17.86 18.96

* = at full stroke
m
co
re

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.13/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.13/4
TEBT and TEBEB 750-5000
ØD Gas charging G 1/8”
R
E
PROVED
AP

TEBT

ØA

ØB
C
97
/2 3/ E C

R 3 F

L min S

ØD ØD
Gas charging G 1/8” R
R

PROVED
AP

TEBEB
ØA

ØB
97
/2 3/ E C

R 3 F

L min S

L R

The TEBT and TEBEB are gas springs with ears containing bearings for attachment.The TEBT has an ear (with
bearing) at the bottom of the tube and attachment thread in the top of the piston rod. The TEBEB has ears (with
bearings) at both ends of the spring.
As standard the springs are only for indoor use. If the springs are to be used outdoors, please contact your distributor
for further information.
Note! The gas springs are not to be exposed to any pulling forces. If needed a mechanical stop must be installed to
prevent this from happening.
13
BASIC INFORMATION DIMENSION ATTACHMENT EB
For general information see “About gas springs”, 2.1 R
Pressure medium .................................. Nitrogen
Max. charging pressure .......................... 150 bar
Min. charging pressure ........................... 25 bar
C

Operating temperature ........................... + 20 to +80°C

Force increase by temperature .............. +0.3%/°C
Recommended max strokes/min ........... ~ 15-40 (at 20°C) R f
Max piston rod velocity ......................... 1.6 m/s
Ød
Rod surface ........................................... Nitrided
Tube surface .......................................... Black oxide ØD
Repair kits
* 750 new version .................................. 3019817
F

750 old version .................................... 2014068-01

* 1500 new version ................................ 3019816
e

1500 old version .................................. 2014068-02

* 3000 new version ................................ 3019025 For size Order No. c ØD Ød e F f R
3000 old version .................................. 2014068-03 750 EB-750 M16 x 1.5 17 30 14 20 20 25
* 5000 new version ................................ 3018876 1500 EB-1500 M24 x 2 25 42 20 25 30 35
5000 old version .................................. 2014068-04 3000 EB-3000 M30 x 2 30 47 22 30 38 40
*New version is identified by circular rings on the top of tube, 5000 EB-5000 M36 x 2 45 68 32 40 40 55
guide and rod.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.13/4 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.13/5
TEBT and TEBEB 750-5000
Force in N
at 150 bar/+20°C
Gas TEBT TEBEB
S End L ØA vol. Weight Weight
Order No. Stroke Initial force* ± 0.5 L min ± 0.1 ØB C ØD E F R (l) (kg) (kg)
TEBT/TEBEB 750-013 12.7 12000 145.4 132.7 0.03 1.54 1.80
TEBT/TEBEB 750-025 25 12000 170 145 0.04 1.69 1.95
TEBT/TEBEB 750-038 38.1 12000 196.2 158.1 0.06 1.74 2.00
TEBT/TEBEB 750-050 50 12000 220 170 0.07 1.94 2.20
TEBT/TEBEB 750-064 63.5 12000 247 183.5 0.09 1.99 2.25
TEBT/TEBEB 750-080 80 12000 280 200 0.11 2.19 2.45
7400 50.2 25 M16x1.5 17 22 20 25
TEBT/TEBEB 750-100 100 12000 320 220 0.14 2.39 2.65
TEBT/TEBEB 750-125 125 12100 370 245 0.17 2.64 2.90
TEBT/TEBEB750-160 160 12100 440 280 0.21 2.94 3.20
TEBT/TEBEB 750-200 200 12100 520 320 0.26 3.34 3.60
TEBT/TEBEB 750-250 250 12100 620 370 0.33 3.84 4.10
TEBT/TEBEB 750-300 300 12100 720 420 0.39 4.34 4.60

TEBT/TEBEB 1500-025 25 23000 195 170 0.10 3.98 4.64

TEBT/TEBEB 1500-038 38.1 23000 221.1 183.1 0.15 4.22 4.88
TEBT/TEBEB 1500-050 50 23000 245 195 0.18 4.45 5.11
TEBT/TEBEB 1500-064 63.5 23000 272 208.5 0.22 4.71 5.37
TEBT/TEBEB 1500-080 80 23000 305 225 0.28 5.02 5.68
TEBT/TEBEB 1500-100 100 15000 23000 345 245 75.2 36 M24x2 25 32 25 35 0.34 5.40 6.06
TEBT/TEBEB 1500-125 125 23000 395 270 0.42 5.88 6.54
TEBT/TEBEB 1500-160 160 23000 465 305 0.53 6.59 7.25
TEBT/TEBEB 1500-200 200 23000 545 345 0.68 7.35 8.01
TEBT/TEBEB 1500-250 250 23000 645 395 0.81 8.30 8.96
TEBT/TEBEB 1500-300 300 23000 745 445 0.96 9.25 9.91

TEBT/TEBEB 3000-025 25 42000 210 185 0.20 7.37 8.63

TEBT/TEBEB 3000-038 38.1 43000 236.2 198.1 0.26 7.88 9.14
TEBT/TEBEB 3000-050 50 44000 260 210 0.32 8.34 9.60
TEBT/TEBEB 3000-064 63.5 45000 287 223.5 0.38 8.87 10.13
TEBT/TEBEB 3000-080 80 46000 320 240 0.46 9.51 10.77
TEBT/TEBEB 3000-100
TEBT/TEBEB 3000-125
100
125
30000 47000
47000
360
410
260
285
95.2 50 M30x2 30 40 30 40 0.56
0.69
10.29
11.26
11.55
12.52
13
TEBT/TEBEB 3000-160 160 47000 480 320 0.87 12.61 13.87
TEBT/TEBEB 3000-200 200 48000 560 360 1.07 14.17 15.43
TEBT/TEBEB 3000-250 250 48000 660 410 1.32 16.11 17.37
TEBT/TEBEB 3000-300 300 48000 760 460 1.57 18.05 19.31

TEBT/TEBEB 5000-025 25 71000 245 220 0.32 14.81 17.51

TEBT/TEBEB 5000-038 38.1 75000 271.2 233.1 0.42 15.51 18.21
TEBT/TEBEB 5000-050 50 77000 295 245 0.51 16.14 18.84
TEBT/TEBEB 5000-064 63.5 80000 322 258.5 0.60 16.86 19.56
TEBT/TEBEB 5000-080 80 81000 355 275 0.73 17.73 20.43
TEBT/TEBEB 5000-100 100 50000 82000 395 295 120.1 65 M36x2 45 43 40 55 0.89 18.80 21.50
TEBT/TEBEB 5000-125 125 82000 445 320 1.09 20.13 22.83
TEBT/TEBEB 5000-160 160 83000 515 355 1.36 21.99 24.69
TEBT/TEBEB 5000-200 200 84000 595 395 1.68 24.11 26.81
TEBT/TEBEB 5000-250 250 84000 695 445 2.07 26.77 29.47
TEBT/TEBEB 5000-300 300 84000 795 495 2.46 29.43 32.13

* = at full stroke

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.13/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 Overview - Automotive standards
The Ford Motor Company has their own WDX3560 World Standard for gas springs,
mounts and accesssories supplied to Ford, based on the KALLER TU and LCF series.

WDX356015-XX-XX-DMS 1, (TU 750-7500) WDX356016-XX-XX-PM( 1), (TU 750-7500 with MP plate)

1
WDX356025-XX-XX-DMS 1, (LCF 750-7500) = Self contained (S) or Piped system (P).
1
= Self contained (S) only Note! Piped system (P) supplied with adapter 4017764.

WDX356017-XX-XX-SW(1), (TU 750-7500 with square welded flange) WDX356018-XX-XX-SLS1, (TU 750-7500 with FFC3 flange)
1
WDX356026-XX-XX-SM(1) (LCF 750-7500 with square welded flange) = Self contained (S) only
3
1
= Self contained (S) or Piped system (P). = 750 size requires special FFC flange.
Note! Piped system (P) supplied with adapter 4017764.

WDX3560019-XX-XX-TMS(1), (TU 750-7500 with FC4 flange) WDX3560020-XX-XX-HM(1), (TU 750-3000 with horizontal foot mount)
1 1
= Self contained (S) only = Self contained (S) or Piped system (P).
4
= 750 size requires special FC flange. Note! Piped system (P) supplied with adapter 4017764.

WDX3560021-07-XX-TB, (KM 750 with FTM 750 mount) WDX3560022-03-XX-DM, (TU 250)

General Motors has their own M-1500 North American Standard and 90.25 Global Die
Standard for gas springs, mounts and accesssories supplied to GM, based on the KALLER
TU series.

M1500-XX-XX, (TU 750-7500) M1501-XX-01, (Mount only , MP plate 750-7500) M1501-XX-02, (Mount only , FFC-flange 750-7500)
90.25.00-XX-XX, (TU 750-7500) 90.25.04-XX, (Mount only , MP plate 750-7500) 90.25.01-XX, (Mount only , FFC-flange 750-7500)

M1501-XX-03, (Mount only, FCS-flange 750-7500) M1501-XX-04, (Mount only, Horizontal foot mount 750-3000)
90.25.02-XX, (Mount only, FCS-flange 750-7500) 90.25.06-XX, (Mount only, Horizontal foot mount 750-3000)

Edition 6 / May 2005

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com
Automotive standards - Ford W-DX, GM M-1500

FORD WDX356015-XX-XX-DMS Page 2.14/2

FORD WDX356025-XX-XX-DMS

FORD WDX356016-XX-XX-PM Page 2.14/3

FORD WDX356017-XX-XX-SW Page 2.14/4

FORD WDX356026-XX-XX-SW

FORD WDX356018-XX-XX-SLS Page 2.14/5

FORD WDX356019-XX-XX-TM Page 2.14/6

FORD WDX356020-XX-XX-HM Page 2.14/7

FORD WDX356021-07-XX-TB Page 2.14/8

FORD WDX356022-03-XX-DMS Page 2.14/8

FORD adapter 4017764 Page 2.14/9

FORD label 8100-3845 Page 2.14/9

GM M-1500-XX-XX (North America) Page 2.14/10

GM 90.25.00-XX-XX (Global)

GM M-1501-XX-01 (North America) Page 2.14/11

GM 90.25.04-XX (Global)
14
GM M-1501-XX-02 (North America) Page 2.14/12
GM 90.25.01-XX (Global)

GM M-1501-XX-03 (North America) Page 2.14/13

GM 90.25.02-XX (Global)

GM M-1501-XX-04 (North America) Page 2.14/14

GM 90.25.06-XX (Global)

GM label 503511 Page 2.14/15

by Strömsholmen AB
+46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.14/2
FORD WDX356015-XX-XX-DMS
FORD WDX356025-XX-XX-DMS
L +0.25
-
TAP SIZE (4x) STROKE
L min
G 1/8" charge port 3

ØB +0.3
-

ØC ØA

7
TAP SIZE (2x) R D

8 M8 THREADED HOLE
FOR HANDLING

Ø20

WDX356015-07 L = Lmin + Stroke

WDX356025-07

FORD Part No. = Order No. Gas spring L min ØA ØB C D R Tap size
WDX356015-07-XX-DMS TU 750 95 + stroke 25 50 20 14.5 2.0 M8 x 13 deep
WDX356015-15-XX-DMS TU 1500 110 + stroke 36 75 40 18.0 2.5 M8 x 13 deep
WDX356015-30-XX-DMS TU 3000 120 + stroke 50 95 60 21.0 2.5 M8 x 13 deep
WDX356015-50-XX-DMS TU 5000 140 + stroke 65 120 80 22.5 2.5 M10 x 16 deep
WDX356015-75-XX-DMS TU 7500 155 + stroke 80 150 100 24.5 2.5 M10 x 16 deep

FORD Part No. = Order No. Gas spring L min ØA ØB C D R Tap size
WDX356025-07-XX-DMS LCF 750 95 + stroke 25 50 20 14.5 2.0 M8 x 13 deep
14 WDX356025-15-XX-DMS LCF 1500 110 + stroke 36 75 40 18.0 2.5 M8 x 13 deep
WDX356025-30-XX-DMS LCF 3000 120 + stroke 50 95 60 21.0 2.5 M8 x 13 deep
WDX356025-50-XX-DMS LCF 5000 140 + stroke 65 120 80 22.5 2.5 M10 x 16 deep
WDX356025-75-XX-DMS LCF 7500 155 + stroke 80 150 100 24.5 2.5 M10 x 16 deep

• Label 8100-3845 is to be filled out and placed directley above the G1/8" charging port, covering the original KALLER
marking. (See page 2.14/9)

ORDERING EXAMPLE XX = Stroke FORD Code

WDX356015 07 05 DM S 25 02
38.1 03
SELF CONTAINED CODE (S) 50 05
TYPE OF MOUNTING CODE 63.5 06
CYLINDER STROKE CODE 80 08
CYLINDER SIZE CODE 100 10
FORD BASIC PART NUMBER
125 12
160 16
200 20

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.14/2 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.14/3
FORD WDX356016-XX-XX-PM(1)
M, SOCKET HEAD SCREW (4x) L +0.25
-
D STROKE
L min
C 3
G 1/8" charge port

+0.3
ØB
-0.0
ØA
C D

E M8 THREADED HOLE
M20
FOR HANDLING
FOR SCREW SIZE AND LOCATION F
SEE PAGE 2.17/2

NOTE! FOR PIPED SYSTEM (P) ADAPTER 4017764

IS SUPPLIED WITH GAS SPRING, SEE PAGE 2.17/9

WDX356016-07-XX-PM ONLY
TWO SCREWS, SEE PAGE 2.17/2 L = Lmin + Stroke

FORD Part No. = Order No. Gas spring Spring mount L min ØA ØB C D E F M
WDX356016-07-XX-PM(1) TU 750 MP-750 95 + stroke 25 50 56.5 75 14 20 M10
WDX356016-15-XX-PM(1) TU 1500 MP-1500 110 + stroke 36 75 73.5 100 12 20 M10
WDX356016-30-XX-PM(1) TU 3000 MP-3000 120 + stroke 50 95 92.0 120 13 20 M12
WDX356016-50-XX-PM(1) TU 5000 MP-5000 140 + stroke 65 120 109.5 140 13 20 M12
WDX356016-75-XX-PM(1) TU 7500 MP-7500 155 + stroke 80 150 138.0 190 17 25 M16

• 1 = S = Self contained 14
P = Piped system supplied with adapter 4017764 mounted in the G 1/8” charge port before delivery.
Note! Remember to remove the valve from the spring when using an adapter.
• Label 8100-3845 is to be filled out and placed directley above the G1/8" charging port, covering the original KALLER
marking. (See page 2.14/9).

ORDERING EXAMPLE XX= Stroke FORD Code

WDX356016 07 05 PM S 25 02
PIPED SYSTEM CODE (P) 38.1 03
SELF CONTAINED CODE (S) 50 05
TYPE OF MOUNTING CODE 63.5 06
CYLINDER STROKE CODE 80 08
CYLINDER SIZE CODE
100 10
FORD BASIC PART NUMBER
125 12
160 16
200 20

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.14/3
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.14/4
FORD WDX356017-XX-XX-SW(1)
FORD WDX356026-XX-XX-SW(1)
L +0.25
-
STROKE
L min
3
D

SHARP CORNER

90 o

ØA D C
+0.3
ØB 30 o
-0.0

G 1/8" charge port

E

F M, SOCKET HEAD SCREW (4x)

NOTE! FOR PIPED SYSTEM (P) ADAPTER 4017764
IS SUPPLIED WITH GAS SPRING, SEE PAGE 2.17/9
L = Lmin + Stroke

FORD Part No. = Order No. Gas spring Spring mount L min ØA ØB C D E F M
WDX356017-07-XX-SW(1) TU 750 SW-750 95 + stroke 25 50 56.5 80 11 19 M10
WDX356017-15-XX-SW(1) TU 1500 SW-1500 110 + stroke 36 75 73.5 100 11 19 M10
WDX356017-30-XX-SW(1) TU 3000 SW-3000 120 + stroke 50 95 92.0 120 13 25 M12
WDX356017-50-XX-SW(1) TU 5000 SW-5000 140 + stroke 65 120 109.5 140 13 25 M12
WDX356017-75-XX-SW(1) TU 7500 SW-7500 155 + stroke 80 150 138.0 190 17 25 M16

FORD Part No. = Order No. Gas spring Spring mount L min ØA ØB C D E F M
WDX356026-07-XX-SW(1) LCF 750 SW-750 95 + stroke 25 50 56.5 80 11 19 M10
WDX356026-15-XX-SW(1) LCF 1500 SW-1500 110 + stroke 36 75 73.5 100 11 19 M10
WDX356026-30-XX-SW(1) LCF 3000 SW-3000 120 + stroke 50 95 92.0 120 13 25 M12
WDX356026-50-XX-SW(1) LCF 5000 SW-5000 140 + stroke 65 120 109.5 140 13 25 M12
WDX356026-75-XX-SW(1) LCF 7500 SW-7500 155 + stroke 80 150 138.0 190 17 25 M16
14
• 1= S = Self contained
P = Piped system supplied with adapter 40 177 64 mounted in the G 1/8” port before delivery.
Note! Remember to remove the valve from the spring when using an adapter.
• Label 8100-3845 is to be filled out and placed directley above the G1/8" charging port, covering the original
KALLER marking. (See page 2.14/9).

ORDERING EXAMPLE XX= Stroke FORD Code

WDX356017 07 05 SW S 25 02
38.1 03
PIPED SYSTEM CODE (P)
SELF CONTAINED CODE (S) 50 05
TYPE OF MOUNTING CODE 63.5 06
CYLINDER STROKE CODE 80 08
CYLINDER SIZE CODE 100 10
FORD BASIC PART NUMBER 125 12
160 16
200 20

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.14/4 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.14/5
FORD WDX356018-XX-XX-SLS
L +0.25
-
STROKE M, SOCKET HEAD SCREW (4x)
L min
3
D

C
8

G F E

12
ØA
+0.3
ØB
-0.0

G 1/8" charge port

12

L = Lmin + Stroke

FORD Part No. = Order No. Gas spring Spring mount L min ØA ØB C D E F G M
WDX356018-07-XX-SLS TU 750 FORD FFC-750(1) 95 + stroke 25 50 56.5 80 16.25 28 40 M10
WDX356018-15-XX-SLS TU 1500 FFC-1500 110 + stroke 36 75 73.5 100 24.75 38 50 M10
WDX356018-30-XX-SLS TU 3000 FFC-3000 120 + stroke 50 95 92.0 120 34.00 48 60 M12
WDX356018-50-XX-SLS TU 5000 FFC-5000 140 + stroke 65 120 109.5 140 42.75 58 70 M12
WDX356018-75-XX-SLS TU 7500 FFC-7500 155 + stroke 80 150 138.0 190 57.00 83 95 M16

• 1= FFC flange does not comply with KALLER standard. Mounting bolt size M10 instead of M8 (see page 3.1/6).
• Label 8100-3845 is to be filled out and placed directley above the G1/8" charging port, covering the original
KALLER marking. (See page 2.14/9).

14

XX= Stroke FORD Code

ORDERING EXAMPLE 25 02
WDX356018 07 05 SL S 38.1 03
50 05
SELF CONTAINED CODE (S) 63.5 06
TYPE OF MOUNTING CODE 80 08
CYLINDER STROKE CODE 100 10
CYLINDER SIZE CODE 125 12
FORD BASIC PART NUMBER
160 16
200 20

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.14/5
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.14/6
FORD WDX356019-XX-XX-TMS

M8 THREADED HOLE
L +0.25 FOR HANDLING
-
STROKE
L min
3

+0.3
ØB -0.0

ØA C

E
C
F
ØD

M, SOCKET HEAD SCREW (4x)

L = Lmin + Stroke
FORD Part No. = Order No. Gas spring Spring mount L min ØA ØB C D E F M
WDX356019-07-XX-TMS TU 750 FORD FC-750(1) 95 + stroke 25 50 56.5 95 13 24 M10
WDX356019-15-XX-TMS TU 1500 FC-1500 110 + stroke 36 75 73.5 122 16 29 M10
WDX356019-30-XX-TMS TU 3000 FC-3000 120 + stroke 50 95 92.0 150 18 33 M12
WDX356019-50-XX-TMS TU 5000 FC-5000 140 + stroke 65 120 109.5 175 21 36 M12
WDX356019-75-XX-TMS TU 7500 FC-7500 155 + stroke 80 150 138.0 220 26 41 M16

• 1= FC flange does not comply with KALLER standard. Mounting bolt size M10 instead of M8
(see page 3.1/6).
• Label 8100-3845 is to be filled out and placed directley above the G1/8" charging port, covering the original KALLER
marking. (See page 2.14/9).
14

XX= Stroke FORD Code

ORDERING EXAMPLE 25 02
WDX356019 07 05 TM S
38.1 03
50 05
SELF CONTAINED CODE (S) 63.5 06
TYPE OF MOUNTING CODE 80 08
CYLINDER STROKE CODE
100 10
CYLINDER SIZE CODE
125 12
FORD BASIC PART NUMBER
160 16
200 20

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.14/6 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.14/7
FORD WDX356020-XX-XX-HM(1)
R
S + STROKE
M, SOCKET HEAD
SCREW (2x)

+0.3 "C" GROOVE

ØB LOCATING RING
-0.0
D C ØA G F

E
28
15
M, SOCKET HEAD
SCREW (2x) 30
L +0.25
-
STROKE
L min
3

45 J

NOTE! FOR PIPED SYSTEM (P) ADAPTER 4017764

IS SUPPLIED WITH GAS SPRING, SEE PAGE 2.17/9
L = Lmin + Stroke

FORD Part No. = Order No. Gas spring Spring mount L min ØA ØB C D E F G H J K M R S
WDX356020-07-XX-HM(1) TU 750 HM-750 95 + stroke 25 50 44 65 13 90 68 70 30 25 M10 43 80
WDX356020-15-XX-HM(1) TU 1500 HM-1500 110 + stroke 36 75 57 80 12 125 100 94 42 19 M12 45 92
WDX356020-30-XX-HM(1) TU 3000 HM-3000 120 + stroke 50 95 70 95 15 140 115 115 52.5 40 M12 48 102

• 1= S = Self contained
14
P = Piped system supplied with adapter 40 177 64 mounted in the G 1/8” port before delivery.
Note! Remember to remove the valve from the spring.
• Label 8100-3845 is to be filled out and placed directley above the G1/8" charging port, covering the original KALLER
marking. (See page 2.14/9).

XX= Stroke FORD Code

ORDERING EXAMPLE 25 02
WDX356020 07 05 HM S
38.1 03
PIPED SYSTEM CODE (P) 50 05
SELF CONTAINED CODE (S) 63.5 06
TYPE OF MOUNTING CODE 80 08
CYLINDER STROKE CODE
100 10
CYLINDER SIZE CODE
125 12
FORD BASIC PART NUMBER
160 16
200 20

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.14/7
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.14/8
FORD WDX356021-07-XX-TB
FOR M8 SOCKET HEAD
SCREW (4x)

38 66

THREADED GAS SPRING

ASSEMBLY CONSISTS OF

66 (1) GAS SPRING

100 (1) THEADED FLANGE MOUNT
(2) M6 SET SCREWS
Ø25

STROKE

L = Lmin + Stroke
16 Ford Part No. Stroke FORD Code L min
8 L ± 0.25
WDX356021-07-02-TB 25 02 75
WDX356021-07-03-TB 38.1 03 88
L min WDX356021-07-05-TB 50 05 100
WDX356021-07-06-TB 63.5 06 113
G1/8" charge port WDX356021-07-08-TB 80 08 130
WDX356021-07-10-TB 100 10 150
WDX356021-07-12-TB 125 12 175
WDX356021-07-16-TB 160 16 210
WDX356021-07-20-TB 200 20 250
M50 x 1.5
Equivalent to KM 750 spring with FTM 750 mount.

FORD WDX356022-03-XX-DMS
M6 charge port

M6 (2x), depth 8 mm 4 STROKE

13

14
25

Ø38 Ø16

4
12.5
L min

L +0.25
-
M6 THREADED HOLE
ORDERING EXAMPLE FOR HANDLING
WDX356022 03 05 D M S

SELF CONTAINED CODE (S)

Ford Part No. Stroke L min
TYPE OF MOUNTING CODE
WDX356022-03-05-DMS 50 100
CYLINDER STROKE CODE
CYLINDER SIZE CODE WDX356022-03-06-DMS 63.5 113.5
FORD BASIC PART NUMBER Equivalent to TU 250.

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.14/8 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.14/9
FORD Label 8100-3845

120 mm

FORD World Standard

WDX3560_ _-_ _-_ _-_ _ _

8100-3845-01
WARNING! WARNUNG! ATENCION!

80 mm
Use nitrogen gas only. Nur mit Stickstoff befüllen. Nitrógeno sólamente.
Maximum charging Fülldruck max: 150 bar. Cargado a max. 150 bar.
pressure: 2175 psi/150 bar. Nicht schweissen, erwärmen über No calentar, soldar
Do not weld, heat or modify. 70˚C oder umändern. ni modificar.
Exhaust gas before servicing. Vor Reparatur entleeren. Vaciar gas antes de reparar.
Follow service instructions. Bitte Montageanleitung beachten. Por favor vean instrucciones.

STRÖMSHOLMEN AB, Box 216, SE-573 23 Tranås, Sweden

• Label to be filled out with FORD part no. and placed directley above the G1/8" charging port,
covering the original KALLER marking.
• NOTE! Please observe that the text to fill out on the lable does not always comply with the marking on the tube. All springs
with a mount or flange that is dismountable are marked on the tube as a 'DM' spring, but the lable should be filled out with the
original FORD part no.

FORD O-ring face seal adapter 40 177 64

G1/8" 9/16" UNF

14
Protective cap
Protective cap

• Adapter for hose connection G1/8" - 9/16" UNF, to be delivered mounted on springs with piped system code (P).

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.14/9
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.14/10
GM M-1500-XX-XX (North America)
GM 90.25.00-XX-XX (Global)

L +0.25
-

L min STROKE
G 1/8 charge port 3
TAP SIZE (4x)

ØB +0.3
-

ØC ØA

7
R D
TAP SIZE (2x)
8 M8 THREADED HOLE
FOR HANDLING

Ø20

M-1500-07-XX

GM Part No. (N. America/Global) Gas spring L min ØA ØB C D R Tap size

M-1500-07-XX/90.25.00-07-XX TU 750 95 + stroke 25 50 20 14.5 2.0 M8 x 13 deep
14 M-1500-15-XX/90.25.00-15-XX TU 1500 110 + stroke 36 75 40 18.0 2.5 M8 x 13 deep
M-1500-30-XX/90.25.00-30-XX TU 3000 120 + stroke 50 95 60 21.0 2.5 M8 x 13 deep
M-1500-50-XX/90.25.00-50-XX TU 5000 140 + stroke 65 120 80 22.5 2.5 M10 x 16 deep
M-1500-75-XX/90.25.00-75-XX TU 7500 155 + stroke 80 150 100 24.5 2.5 M10 x 16 deep

• ISO standard 11901-1

• Label 503511 is to be placed on the opposite side of the G1/8" charging port, without covering the original KALLER marking.
(See page 2.14/15).
XX = Stroke GM Code
25 02
50 05
80 08
100 10
125 12
160 16
200 20

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.14/10 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.14/11
GM M-1501-XX-01(North America)
GM 90.25.04-XX (Global)
* = According to updated ISO 11901 standard

750 mount only 1500 to 7500 mounts

A-A A-A
G (2x)

Ø D (2x) Ø E (2x) Ø D (4x) Ø E (4x)

-0.1
K +0

K -0.1
+0
H (4x)

G
H
Ø J (4x) Ø F (2x)
Ø J (4x) ØF
A
B A
B

M20
A

A M10 (2x)
C A

A
ØC

Spring Mount
GM Part No. (N.America/Global) A B C D E F G H J K
= Order No.
M-1501-07-01/90.25.04-7.5 MP 750 75 56.5 20 11 9 15 14 14 15 20
M-1501-15-01/90.25.04-15 MP 1500 100 73.5 40 11 9 15 14 12 18 20 14
M-1501-30-01/90.25.04-30 MP 3000 120 92 60 13.5 9 15 14 13 20 20
M-1501-50-01/90.25.04-50 MP 5000 140 109.5 80 13.5 11 18 15 13 20 20
M-1501-75-01/90.25.04-75 MP 7500 190 138 100 17.5 11 18 20 17 26 25

• ISO standard 11901-2

• The above stated GM part no. does not include gas spring

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.14/11
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.14/12
GM M-1501-XX-02 (North America)
GM 90.25.01-XX (Global)

A
B
ØC (4x)

B
A
E

Spring Mount
GM Part No. (N.America/Global) A B ØC D E
= Order No.
M-1501-07-02/90.25.01-7.5 FFC 750 75 56.5 9 24 12
14 M-1501-15-02/90.25.01-15 FFC 1500 100 73.5 11 24 12
M-1501-30-02/90.25.01-30 FFC 3000 120 92 13.5 24 12
M-1501-50-02/90.25.01-50 FFC 5000 140 109.5 13.5 24 12
M-1501-75-02/90.25.01-75 FFC 7500 190 138 17.5 24 12
• ISO standard 11901-2
• The above stated GM part no. does not include gas spring

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.14/12 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.14/13
GM M-1501-XX-03 (North America)
GM 90.25.02-XX (Global)

A
D B
C
f

+ 1.0
Body Ø + 0.5
ØE

Spring Mount
GM Part No. (N.America/Global) A B C D ØE
= Order No.
M-1501-07-03/90.25.02-7.5 FCS 750 70 56.5 13 24 9
M-1501-15-03/90.25.02-15 FCS 1500 90 73.5 16 29 11 14
M-1501-30-03/90.25.02-30 FCS 3000 110 92 18 33 13.5
M-1501-50-03/90.25.02-50 FCS 5000 130 109.5 21 36 13.5
M-1501-75-03/90.25.02-75 FCS 7500 162 138 27 41 17.5
• ISO standard 11901-2
• The above stated GM part no. does not include gas spring

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.14/13
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.14/14
GM M-1501-XX-04 (North America)
GM 90.25.06-XX (Global)

ØK

J
G
45

H
ØL

30
15 Fig. A
28
ØM

10
B
A

Fig. B
F
E

Key
C

Spring Mount
GM Part No. (N. America/Global) = Order No A B C D E F G H J ØK ØL ØM
M-1501-07-04/90.25.06-7.5 HM-750 90 68 43 13 44 65 70 30 25 18 11 11
M-1501-15-04/90.25.06-15 HM-1500 125 100 45 12 57 80 94 42 19 20 13.5 13.5
M-1501-30-04/90.25.06-75 HM-3000 140 115 48 15 70 95 115 52.5 40 20 13.5 13.5

• The above stated GM part no. does not include gas spring.
• The above stated GM part no.corresponds to the complete horizontal foot mount which includes
14 front and rear mount, locking ring and mounting screws for gas spring.
• The front support can be rotated 180° allowing it to be mounted in a 10 mm key-groove. If the front support is not mounted in
a key-groove, we recommend that the rear mount is backed up using a key (see Fig. A and Fig. B).

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.14/14 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.
 2.14/15
GM Label 503511

110 mm

GM
M - 1500
GAS SPRING
METRIC

50 mm
WARNING
Use nitrogen gas only.
USA Phone: +1 810-415-6677 or Maximum charging pressure: 2175psi/150bar/153kg/cm².
888-200-7190 Do not weld, heat or modify gas spring.
Sweden Phone: +46 140 571 00 Exhaust all pressure and depress rod before servicing.
Follow installation and service instructions.

• Label 503511 is to be placed on the opposite side of the G1/8" charging port, without covering the original KALLER marking.

14

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

components without notification. 2.14/15
All dimensions are stated in mm. by Strömsholmen AB
All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated. +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com Edition 6 / May 2005
 2.14/16

Page intentionally left blank

14

We reserve the right to add, delete or modify

2.14/16 components without notification.

by Strömsholmen AB All dimensions are stated in mm.

Edition 6 / May 2005 +46 140 571 00 • www.kaller.com All dimensions are nominal unless tolerance is stated.